INDEX

MODEL DESCRIPTION........................................................................PAGE
Series 20 20 GPM Stack Type Directional Control Valve...............................................V3
Series 20 20 GPM Load Sense and Load Sense Pressure
Compensated Stack Type Directional and Control Valve.............................V13
Series 20 20 GPM Solenoid Operated Work Section...................................................V18
Series 20 20 GPM Proportional Work Section.............................................................V24
Model SV 12 GPM Stack Type Directional Control Valve.............................................V29
Model SV 12 GPM Solenoid Operated Work Section...................................................V41
Model SV 12 GPM Proportional Work Section.............................................................V49
Radio Remotes and Proportional Operators................................................V52
RD5100 30 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve.......................V53
RD5200 25 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Direction Control Valve.............................V53
RD5300 25 GPM Three Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve.......................V53
RD5000 Solenoid Operated 1, 2, or 3 Spool Mono-Block Valve................................V61
RD4100 15 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve.......................V63
LVS 11 GPM Two Spool Series Mono-Block Loader Valve..................................V66
LVT 10 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Loader Valve............................................V68
LVR 14 GPM Two Spool Mono-Block Loader Valve............................................V69
LS3000 25 GPM Single Spool Log Splitter Control Valve.........................................V71
RD2500 20 GPM Single Spool Mono-Block Directional Control Valve.......................V73
VALVES

FR10-3P Priority Flow Regulator 15 GPM...................................................................V75

RD-100 30 GPM Adjustable Flow Control.................................................................V76
RD-1900 30 GPM Adjustable Flow Control.................................................................V76
RD-400 30 GPM Priority Divider, Fixed Flow.............................................................V78
RD-500 30 GPM Priority Divider, Adjustable Flow.....................................................V78
RD-200 30 GPM Proportional Divider, Fixed Ratio....................................................V80
RD-300 30 GPM Proportional Divider with Reverse Flow.........................................V80
RD-500P 30 GPM Proportional Divider, Adjustable Ratio............................................V80
RD-1000S 30 GPM Sequence Valve.............................................................................V80
RV 30 GPM Inline Relief Valve...........................................................................V82
DRV 30 GPM Double Relief Valve........................................................................V82
RD-1800 20 GPM Ball/Spring Relief............................................................................V84
RD-900 30 GPM Single Selector Valve.....................................................................V84
MODEL SS 20 GPM Single Selector Valve.....................................................................V85
MODEL DS 40 GPM Double Selector Valve....................................................................V86
RD-1400 30 GPM Lock Valve, Double Pilot Check.....................................................V87
RD-1600 20 GPM Pilot-Operated Check Valve...........................................................V87
Design Charts, Hydraulic Formulas, Metric Conversions.............................V88
Valve Quick Reference Guide......................................................................V89

CATV 2-10-18-01
V2 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 Directional Control Valves

SECTIONAL BODY

VALVES
Series “20””
STANDARD FEATURES
• 1 -10 Work Sections • Extra Fine Spool Metering
• Power Beyond Capability • Reversible Handle
• Load Checks on Each Work Port • Hard Chrome Plated Spools
• A Float Section can be Installed in any Location in Valve Assembly
• Interchangeable Mounting With Other Popular “20” gpm Stack Valves
• Optional Work Section with Pilot Operated Checks

SPECIFICATIONS
Parallel or Tandem Circuit Foot Mounting
Pressure Rating Weight
Maximum Operating Pressure....... 3500 psi Inlet Cover............................ Approx 6 lbs
Maximum Tank Pressure.................. 500 psi Outlet Cover...................... Approx 3.5 lbs
Work Section........................ Approx 9 lbs

Nominal Flow Rating ....................... 20 gpm Maximum Operating Temp...........180°F

Please Refer to Pressure Drop Charts.
Allowable Pressure Loss thru Valve Filtration: For general purpose valves,
Determines the Maximum flow. fluid cleanliness should meet the ISO
4406 19/17/14 level . For extended life or
for pilot operated valves, the 18/16/13
fluid cleanliness level is recommended.
CATV 3-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V3
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 ORDERING INFORMATION:
The following is a listing of valve sections available from stock on a standard basis.
STANDARD SECTIONS AVAILABLE:
STANDARD INLET SECTIONS
ALL SECTIONS HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE INLET AND TANK PORTS
PART NO. RELIEF TYPE AND SETTING PORT SIZE
20I2A NO RELIEF #12 SAE ORB
20I2C SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI, SET AT 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB
20I2D SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI, SET AT 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB
20I2E SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI, SET AT 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB
20I2G ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI, SET AT 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB
20I2H ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSI, SET AT 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB
20I2J ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI, SET AT 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE ORB

STANDARD PARALLEL CIRCUIT WORK SECTIONS

ALL WORK SECTIONS HAVE #10 SAE ORB PORTS, LOAD CHECKS, AND STANDARD LEVER HANDLES.
MODELS WITH PORT RELIEFS ARE SHIM ADJUSTABLE.
PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS
20P1AA1AA 3-WAY SINGLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER PLUGGED
20P1BA1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
20P1BA5AA-S12Q 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER, 12VDC SOLENOID OPERATED PLUGGED
20P1BA6AA-S12Q 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER, 12VDC SOLENOID OPERATED W/LEVER HANDLE PLUGGED
20P1BB1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/3 POSITION DETENT (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
20P1CA1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
20P1CB1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/3 POSITION DETENT (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
20P1DD1AA 4-WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT W/SPRING CENTER AND FLOAT DETENT PLUGGED
20P1BA1DD 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) 2200 PSI
20P1DD1DD 4-WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT W/SPRING CENTER AND FLOAT DETENT 2200 PSI
20L1CA1 4-WAY 3 POSITION W/SPRING CENTER AND P.O. CHECKS NONE
20LP1JA1AA LOAD SENSE 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING WITH SPRING CENTER PLUGGED
STANDARD TANDEM CIRCUIT WORK SECTIONS
PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS
20T1BA1AA 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
20T1BA1DD 4-WAY DOUBLE ACTING W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL) 2200 PSI
20T1CA1AA 4-WAY FREE FLOW MOTOR W/ SPRING CENTER (WORK PORTS OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL) PLUGGED
VALVES

STANDARD OUTLET SECTIONS

ALL SECTIONS HAVE SIDE OUTLET
PART NO. EXHAUST OPTION PORT SIZE
20E21 OPEN CENTER OUTLET W/ CONVERSION PLUG #12 SAE ORB
20E22 POWER BEYOND OUTLET W/ #10 SAE POWER BEYOND PORT #12 SAE ORB
20E23 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET #12 SAE ORB
20LE21 LOAD SENSE OUTLET WITH #4 LOAD SENSE PORT AND BLEED ORIFICE #12 SAE ORB
TIE-ROD KITS
PART NO. WORK SECTIONS PART NO. WORK SECTIONS
TIE-ROD TORQUE 660402001 1 SECTION 660402006 6 SECTION
30-32 ft-lbs 660402002 2 SECTION 660402007 7 SECTION
660402003 3 SECTION 660402008 8 SECTION
660402004 4 SECTION 660402009 9 SECTION
660402005 5 SECTION 660402010 10 SECTION

PORT
SERIES RELIEF CARTRIDGES
20 HARDWARE AND SEAL KITS
660190003 SPRING CENTER KIT 660585006 SOLENOID PILOT PASSAGE SEAL KIT INLET RELIEF KITS
660190004 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660390103 20 WORK SECT COIL & CART ASSY 12VDC/LEADS (FOR PRESET CARTRIDGE USE 20 IR-OX PG V16)
660190005 FRICTION DETENT KIT 660390107 20 WORK SECT COIL & CART ASSY 24VDC/LEADS 660290001 NO RELIEF PLUG
660190028 SPRING CTR PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR KIT 660290010 20 UTIL SECT CONTINUOUS ON PBU CART 660290101 SHIM ADJ. 500 - 1350 PSI
660190001 VERTICAL HANDLE, LINK & PINS 660390153 20 UTIL SECT PBU COIL & CART ASSY 12VDC/LEADS 660290103 SHIM ADJ. 1351 - 1750 PSI
660190002 STD. HANDLE, LINK & PINS 660390157 20 UTIL SECT PBU COIL & CART ASSY 24VDC/LEADS 660290105 SHIM ADJ. 1751 - 2200 PSI
660190006 COMPLETE VERT. HANDLE KIT 270006092 20 UTIL SECT PRESSURE REDUCING CART 660290107 SHIM ADJ. 2201 - 3000 PSI
660190007 COMPLETE STD. HANDLE KIT 660290012 20 UTIL SECT POWER BEYOND PLUG #10 SAE 660290201 ADJUSTABLE 500 - 1350 PSI
660190025 SEAL RETAINER PLATE 660290203 ADJUSTABLE 1351 - 1750 PSI
PORT RELIEF KITS 660290205 ADJUSTABLE 1751 - 2200 PSI
660190026 HANDLE CLEVIS (FOR PRESET CARTRIDGE USE 20 PR-OX PG V16)
660290004 POWER BEYOND PLUG #10 SAE 660290207 ADJUSTABLE 2201 - 3000 PSI
660290002 NO RELIEF LOAD CHECK PLUG
660290017 POWER BEYOND PLUG 3/4” NPTF 660290301 SHIM ADJ. 500 - 1350 PSI RELIEF HARDWARE KITS
660290005 CLOSED CENTER PLUG 660290303 SHIM ADJ. 1351 - 1750 PSI 660190024 SHIM STYLE TO ADJ STYLE
660290006 OPEN CENTER OUTLET PLUG 660290305 SHIM ADJ. 1751 - 2200 PSI CONVERSION KIT
660585001 WORK SECTION SEAL KIT 660290307 SHIM ADJ. 2201 - 3000 PSI 672000201 .006 SHIM FOR RELIEF
660585008 LOCK SECTION SEAL KIT 660290401 ADJUSTABLE 500 - 1350 PSI 672000202 .010 SHIM FOR RELIEF
660590030 SOLENOID OPERATED SECT SEAL KIT (5.6) 660290403 ADJUSTABLE 1351 - 1750 PSI 672000203 .018 SHIM FOR RELIEF
660585002 INLET SECTION SEAL KIT 660290405 ADJUSTABLE 1751 - 2200 PSI 672000205 .041 SHIM FOR RELIEF
660585003 OUTLET SECTION SEAL KIT 660290407 ADJUSTABLE 2201 - 3000 PSI 660190043 SHIM ASSORTMENT
660585004 SEAL KIT 0-RINGS BETWEEN SECTION ONLY 660290003 ANTI-CAVITATION CARTRIDGE LOAD SENSE KITS
660290018 LOAD SENSE PLUG W/DRAIN ORIFICE
RELIEF CARTRIDGES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE WITH STAINLESS STEEL RELIEF SPRINGS. 660290019 LOAD SENSE PLUG W/O DRAIN ORIFICE
CATV 4-10-18-01
V4 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12 & 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SPECIAL SECTIONS AVAILABLE:
Valves other than standard models listed can be made to order. Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number
that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your specific requirements and a model
number will be assigned for you. This model number can then be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will apply
to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative.

WORK SECTION 20XXXXXXX

WORK SECTION TYPE PORT RELIEF “B” (LEAVE BLANK FOR 20L)
P-STANDARD PARALLEL
T-TANDEM CENTER
L-PARALLEL WITH BUILT IN PILOT OPERATED CHECKS** PORT RELIEF “A” (LEAVE BLANK FOR 20L)
S-SERIES A - NO RELIEF
_B-PILOT PASS THROUGH HOLES**** B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350
C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750
PORT SIZE D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350+
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750+
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX)
H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200+
5. 3/8 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX)
J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500+
SPOOL TYPE K - ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK
A - 3 WAY 3 POSITION L - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350
B - 4 WAY 3 POSITION M - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750
C - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR N - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200
D - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT R - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500
E - 3 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR S - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350+
N - 4 WAY 3 POSITION SERIES T - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750+
P - 4 WAY 3 POSITION SERIES MOTOR W - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200+
SPOOL ACTIONS Y - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500+
A - SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL
B - 3 POSITION DETENT + ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES CANNOT
C - FRICTION DETENT BE USED ON THE “A” PORT END OF WORK SECTION
D - FLOAT DETENT WHEN THE STANDARD LEVER HANDLE IS USED
E - SPRING CENTER PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE
F - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & OUT (NO IN POSITION)
H - HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR (USE HANDLE OPTION 7) FOR WORK PORT RELIEF SETTING OTHER THAN STANDARD
J - SPRING CENTER W/ MICROSWITCH 20P1BA1DH-18-20
(SWITCHES ON IN OR OUT)*** “B” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
K - SPRING CENTER W/ MICROSWITCH EXAMPLE: 20=2000 PSI

VALVES
(SWTCHES ON SPOOL IN ONLY )*** “A” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
M - SPRING CENTER DETENT IN
EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI
N - SPRING CENTER DETENT OUT
P - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & IN (NO OUT POSITION) * LEVERS ARE COATED WITH BLACK RUBBER
** L WORK SECTION REQUIRES SPOOL TYPE C & PORT RELIEFS NOT AVAILABLE
HANDLE OPTIONS *** MICROSWITCH INCLUDED.
1 - STANDARD LEVER HANDLE* **** ONLY PLACE A ‘B’ NEXT TO THE WORK SECTION TYPE MODEL CODE WHEN
2 - LESS HANDLE ONLY THE MANUAL SECTION IS PLACED BETWEEN A SOLENOID SECTION AND THE
3 - LESS COMPLETE HANDLE
PILOT SUPPLY. AN EXAMPLE WOULD BE 20PB1BA1AA. SEE THE SOLENOID
4 - VERTICAL LEVER HANDLE*
7 - BLANK FOR OPTIONAL JOYSTICK HANDLE SECTION OF THE CATALOG FOR MORE INFORMATION.

INLET SECTION 20IXX - XXXX OUTLET SECTION 20EXX

INLET TYPE OUTLET TYPE
I - STANDARD INLET E - STANDARD OUTLET

PORT SIZE PORT SIZE

1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD)
2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD)
3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) 3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX)

RELIEF OPTION EXHAUST OPTIONS

Blank - LEAVE BLANK FOR INLET WITHOUT 1-STANDARD OPEN CENTER OUTLET
RELIEF OR RELIEF PLUG WITH CONVERSION PLUG
A - NO RELIEF PLUG RELIEF 2-POWER BEYOND OUTLET WITH
B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SETTINGS: THE #10 SAE POWER BEYOND PORT
C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI LAST FOUR 3-CLOSED CENTER OUTLET o
D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI DIGITS 4-STANDARD OPEN CENTER WITH SOLENOID
E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI REPRESENT PILOT LINE SEALS
F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI THE RELIEF
G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SETTING IN PSI
o
Often used with no relief. Review application
H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI
J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI
K - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 3001-3500

VALVE ASSEMBLIES
The Series 20 sectional body directional control valve can be ordered as separate sections as outlined or as a complete factory tested assembly.
This will need to be specified with each order. An assembly model number will be assigned at the time of the order. This assembly number can then
be used for future orders.
ASSEMBLY MODEL NUMBER 20A - X X X X
XXXX = Sequence of Numbers. This number will be assigned to final valve to be assembled and tested at the factory. Each new order or
quote will be assigned a new assembly model number.
CATV 5-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V5
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12 &13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 CROSS SECTION OF 20P1BA1DA PARALLEL WORK SECTION
VALVES

SPOOLS AND SPOOL ATTACHMENTS

B
SPOOL OPTION 'A' - 3 WAY 3 POSITION FOR USE WITH SINGLE
ACTING CYLINDERS OR NON-REVERSIBLE MOTORS. THE 'B' WORK
OPTION N- PORT IS BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL.
DETENT
SPOOL-OUT W/
SPRING CENTER
SPOOL OPTION A

SPOOL OPTION 'B' - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FOR USE WITH DOUBLE

ACTING CYLINDERS OR REVERSIBLE MOTORS. THE WORK PORTS ARE
OPTION A- BLOCKED IN NEUTRAL.
SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL

SPOOL OPTION B

SPOOL OPTION 'C' - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR

SPOOL. THE WORK PORTS ARE OPEN TO TANK IN NEUTRAL,
OPTION B- ALLOWING A MOTOR TO COAST OR A CYLINDER TO FLOAT.
3 POSITION DETENT

SPOOL OPTION C

SPOOL OPTION 'D' - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT. SAME AS 4 WAY

3 POSITION WITH THE ADDITION OF A FOURTH POSITION FLOAT. THE
SPOOL IS DETENTED IN THE FLOAT POSITION AND SPRING
OPTION D- CENTERED TO NEUTRAL FROM THE 'A' OR 'B' POWER POSITION
FLOAT DETENT WITH
SPRING CENTER

SPOOL OPTION D

CATV 6-10-18-01
V6 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 CROSS SECTION OF TANDEM WORK SECTION AND LOCK SECTION
THE TANDEM SECTION BODY A WORK PORT THE LOCK SECTION BODY A WORK PORT
HAS A "T" ON THE LEFT HAS AN "L" ON THE LEFT
B WORK PORT SIDE OF THE "B" WORK B WORK PORT
SIDE OF THE "B" WORK THE CASTING NUMBER
PORT PORT
"C-638" IS ON THE
RIGHT SIDE OF WORK
SHOWN WITH THE CASTING NUMBER SECTION BODY
MICRO-SWITCH "C-637" IS ON THE
OPTION J RIGHT SIDE OF WORK
SECTION BODY

TANDEM SECTION LOCK SECTION

COMBINED PARALLEL/
MODEL 20P PARALLEL CIRCUIT MODEL 20T TANDEM CIRCUITS
TANDEM CIRCUITS
Parallel circuit construction is the most common. Tandem circuit construction is also referred to Parallel and tandem circuit work sections can
When any one of the spools in a valve bank is as priority circuit. When the spool of a section is be combined in the same valve bank. Below the
shifted it blocks off the open center passage. The shifted, oil is cut off to all downstream sections. 1st and last sections are parallel and the 2nd
oil then flows into the parallel circuit core making Thus the section nearest to the inlet has priority is tandem. The 1st parallel section has priority
oil available to all spools. If more than one spool over the other sections in the valve bank. If more over the other two. The 2nd and 3rd sections
is fully shifted then oil will go to the section with than one spool is fully shifted all the oil will go to are in parallel with each other. If the spool of the
the lowest pressure requirements. It is possible, the section nearest to the inlet. Metering the up 1st section is shifted it will cut off oil to the other
however, to meter flow to the spool with the stream section will allow two sections to operate two. If the spools of the 2nd and 3rd section are
least load and power two unequal loads. The at the same time. The schematic below shows a both shifted oil will go to the one with the least
schematic below shows a three section parallel three section tandem circuit stack valve. resistance. It should be noted that it is the section
circuit stack valve. just prior to the tandem section that has priority,
THE POWER CORE OF A not the tandem section. Further if a parallel section
THE POWER CORE OF ALL
is placed just after a tandem, the two sections will

VALVES
SECTIONS IN THE VALVE STACK WORK SECTION IS FED BY
THE OIL EXITING THE OPEN be in a parallel.
ARE CONNECTED TOGETHER
BY THE PARALLEL CORE THAT CENTER OF THE ADJACENT 20P PARALLEL WORK SECTIONS
RUNS THROUGH THE LENGTH UPSTREAM WORK SECTION
OF THE VALVE 20T TANDEM WORK SECTION

LOAD CHECK OPEN CENTER APPLICATIONS CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS

Each work port of the Series 20 stack valve has The standard Series 20 stack valve is open The Series 20 stack valve can be converted to
a separate load check. The load check prevents center. When the spools are in neutral hydraulic closed center by adding the closed center plug
the fall of a cylinder as the spool is shifted. It oil is directed from the inlet to the outlet (or power to the outlet section. This blocks off the open
also prevents the back-flow of oil from the work beyond) through the open center core. Moving one center core when the spools are in neutral.
port to the inlet. The pump must build up enough These systems often use a variable displacement
or more spools closes off the open center core and
pressure compensated pump that limits the
pressure to overcome the pressure on the work directs oil to the work ports. Open center systems maximum pressure. When spools are in neutral
port caused by the weight of the load before the most often contain fixed displacement pumps like system pressure is maintained at inlet of the valve.
cylinder can move. The Prince SP series gear pumps. A relief is normally not required or must be set at a
higher pressure than the pump compensator.
PLEASE NOTE that the load check has nothing to PLEASE NOTE that the maximum pressure in an
do with how well the valve will hold up a cylinder open center system is controlled by a relief valve. PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option
with the spool in neutral. The load check is The Series 20 inlet sections are available with a does not provide for the drain off of standby spool
functional only when the spool is shifted. built in inlet relief for this purpose. leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil
to enter the work ports when in neutral.

CATV 7-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V7
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SERIES CIRCUIT SERIES 20 WORK SECTIONS
CROSS SECTION OF SERIES SECTION

ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF OIL FLOW

& POINTS TOWARDS OUTLET SECTION DIRECTION OF FLOW
TOWARDS OUTLET SECTION

‘A’ WORK PORT

‘C-630’ CASTING NO.
O-RING GROOVES

ADJUSTABLE RELIEF SHIM ADJUSTABLE

SHOWN RELIEF SHOWN
VALVES

HANDLE OPTION 7 SHOWN HERE

CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS

SPOOL ATTACHMENT
OPTION ‘A’ SHOWN HERE The Series 20 Series circuit valve sections cannot
be used in a closed center valve assembly.
COMBINED SERIES/
MODEL 20S SERIES CIRCUIT
PARALLEL CIRCUITS
PORT B PORT A

20P PARALLEL
A series circuit valve is most commonly used The Series 20 series sections may be stacked
to control more than one hydraulic component with 20P parallel circuit valve sections. When
simultaneously. The entire circuit flow is using a series section, the immediate downstream
available to each valve section that is actuated. section needs to be a series, tandem, or outlet
In a two spool series valve with both spools section. 20P sections can be either in front of the PORT B PORT A
actuated, the oil flows from the inlet to the Series 20 series sections or behind a combination
20T TANDEM

work port of the first section. The return flow of of series and tandem sections.
the first section is directed to the open center
For solenoid operation with series sections and a
core of the second section. (In a parallel valve
20U utility section, there needs to be a Series 20
the return oil from the work port is directed to
tandem section with pilot passageways between PORT B PORT A
the tank core.) From the open center core of
the series section and the utility section.
the second section, the oil flows to the work
port with the return oil going to the outlet. In In the valve assembly shown below, the first and
20S SERIES

a series circuit valve, the summation of the fourth sections are parallel. The second section
pressures required for each work section will is series, the third section is tandem. The first
PORT B PORT A
equal the total pressure required for the circuit. parallel section has priority over all downstream
The total pressure required must not exceed valves. When the spool of the first parallel
the system relief setting for the pump pressure section is actuated, the return oil from the work
20P PARALLEL

rating. It is not required to have a Series 20 port is directed to the tank core, thus oil flow to
series section as the last section, unless series downstream sections is cut off. The second and
flow is required to a downstream valve. In this third sections are in series with each other as well
application, a power beyond plug must be used as the second and fourth sections. The third and
in the outlet section. fourth sections are in parallel with each other.

CATV 8-10-18-01
V8 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 INLET COVER DIMENSIONS WORK SECTIONS DIMENSIONS
TOP INLET PART NUMBER WILL BE
TOP OUTLET STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
2.69 TOP INLET TOP OUTLET
TOP INLET TOP OUTLET PART PART
NUMBER NUMBER WILL BE
WILL BE
PART STAMPED
PART
NUMBER
STAMPED INBE
INNUMBER
WILL
THIS THIS LOCATION
WILL BE
LOCATION
2.69 2.69TOP INLET
TOP INLETTOP OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
STAMPEDSTAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
IN THIS LOCATION
2.69 2.69
.50
.34 1.75
.50 .50
.50 .50 .34 1.75 1.75
.34
SYSTEM RELIEF .34 .34 1.75
1.75
1.13 1.44
.344 DIA SYSTEM
SYSTEM RELIEF
RELIEF B WORK PORT 2.88 A WORK PORT
2.25
1.13 1.13 SYSTEMSYSTEM
RELIEF RELIEF 1.44 1.44
.344 DIA
.344 DIA B WORK
B WORK PORTPORT 1.44
2.88 2.88 1.44 A WORK
A WORK PORTPORT
1.13 2.251.13
2.25 A WORK PORT 2.88
RELIEF OPTION
.344 DIA .344 DIA 2.25 B WORKBPORT
WORK PORT 2.88 A WORKAPORTWORK
SPOOLPORT TRAVEL
INLET 2.25 OUTLET
IN TANK B WORK PORT RELIEF OPTION
A WORK
A WORK PORTPORT
RELIEFRELIEF
OPTIONOPTION.312 TO WORK
SPOOL TRAVEL
APORT
WORK PORT OPTION
RELIEF OPTION SPOOL
.531 TO TRAVEL
FLOAT
INLETINLET OUTLET
OUTLET B WORK A
PORT WORK
RELIEF RELIEF
OPTION SPOOL .312
SPOOL
.312TRAVEL TOTRAVEL
TO WORK WORK
IN IN TANK TANK B WORK PORT RELIEFB OPTION A
INLET INLET IN TANK
OUTLET OUTLET B WORKBPORT
WORK PORT OPTION
RELIEF RELIEF OPTION .312.531
TOTO.531
.312
WORK
FLOATFLOAT
TO WORK
IN TANK
B B A A .531 TO FLOAT
.531 TO FLOAT
P
3.06 B B A A

P
3.06 3.06
P
P P 4.25
3.06 .813.06
4.25 4.25
.81 .81 IN 4.25 4.25
.81 .81 IN 1.88 .250 DIA
IN .88 1.44 2.75 1.00
.88IN .283 .250
DIA DIA
IN
1.88 1.88 1.75
.88 .88 2.56 5.50 1.701.00 .250 DIA
1.75
.88 .88 1.88 1.88 1.44 1.44 2.75 2.75 1.00 DIA .250
.250.283 .283DIA
DIA
.88 1.75.88 1.44 1.44 2.75 2.751.00 1.00 DIA
.88 1.75.88 1.75 2.56 2.56 5.50 5.50 1.70 1.70 .283 DIA .283 DIA
PART NUMBER WILL BE 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.56 2.56 5.50 5.50 1.70 1.70
STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION1.75
PART PART
NUMBER NUMBER WILL BE
WILL BE
PART STAMPED
PART
NUMBER
STAMPED INBE
INNUMBER
WILL
THIS THIS LOCATION
WILL
LOCATIONBE
STAMPEDSTAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
IN THIS LOCATION
DIMENSIONAL DATA OUTLET
5.38 COVER DIMENSIONS
2.69
5.38 5.38 5.38
5.38 5.38 2.69 2.69
2.69 5.38 5.38 2.69 2.69
5.38 5.38 1.00
2.69 2.69
2.69 2.69 1.00 1.00
1.00 1.00 1.00 .344 DIA (2) LOCATION FOR
1.00 1.00 OUTLET PORT .344(2)DIA (2)
.344 DIA POWER BEYOND
LOCATION
LOCATION
OUTLET ORFOR FOR
1.00 1.00 .344 DIA .344
(2) DIA (2)

VALVES
OUTLET PORT LOCATION
POWER
CLOSEDPOWER
LOCATION
FOR
BEYONDBEYOND
CENTER FOR
OUTLET PORT OUTLET
POWER OR
OUTLET OUTLET
PORT PORT POWER
OUTLET OR BEYOND
BEYOND
CONVERSION PLUG
C-
63 OUTLET
CLOSEDCLOSED
OUTLET
OR CENTER
OR
CENTER
1.75 2 CONVERSION PLUG
TANK C-
CLOSED CLOSED
CONVERSION
C- CENTER
CENTERPLUG
63
2 C 2 CONVERSION
PLUG PLUG
63CONVERSION
1.75 1.75 TANK TANK
C-
63 -63
SEE CHART 1.75 1.75 2 2
TANK TANK
COLUMN A
SEE CHART
SEE CHART
COLUMN
SEE
SEECOLUMN
CHART A
ACHART 1.25
COLUMNCOLUMN
A A
1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.69
B WORK PORT 1.38
1.69 1.69 1.38 1.38
B WORK
B WORK PORTPORT 1.69 1.69
B WORKBPORT
WORK PORT 1.38 1.38
.50 A WORK PORT
A WORK
A WORK PORTPORT
.50 .50
.50 .50 A WORKAPORT
WORK PORT NUMBER OF WORK SECTIONS
INLET RELIEF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TOP OUTLETINLETINLET RELIEF
RELIEF
TOP INLET INLET RELIEF
INLET RELIEF A 2.50 4.25 6.00 7.75 9.50 11.25 13.00 14.75 16.50 18.25
TOP OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
TOP INLET
TOP INLET TOP OUTLET
TOP OUTLET B 4.88 6.63 8.38 10.13 11.88 13.63 15.38 17.13 18.88 20.63
TOP INLET
TOP INLET

SIDE INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET PORT

SIDE INLET
SIDE INLET PORTPORT SIDE OUTLET
SIDE OUTLET PORTPORT
SIDEPORT
SIDE INLET INLET PORT SIDE OUTLET
SIDE OUTLET PORT PORT

IN TANK
8.25
IN IN TANK TANK
2.25 IN IN TANK TANK 8.25 8.25
8.25 8.25
4.382.25 2.25
2.25 4.382.25
4.38.81
4.38 4.38 1.25
IN
.81 .81 1.25 1.25
.81 .81 IN .88 IN 1.25 1.25
.88
IN IN
SEE CHART COLUMN B
.88 .8812.13
.88.88 .88 .88 SEE CHART
SEE CHART COLUMN
COLUMN B B
.88 13.22.88 12.13 12.13 SEECOLUMN
SEE CHART CHART COLUMN
B B
12.13 12.13
13.22 13.22
13.22 13.22

CATV 9-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V9
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 WORK PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES INLET RELIEF CARTRIDGES
OPTION K ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK OPTION A NO RELIEF
This option allows oil to be drawn from the tank When no main inlet relief is required the no relief
core into the work port if there is a vacuum on plug is installed. All inlet sections have the relief
the work port. This vacuum would be caused by cavity machined so a inlet relief can be installed
a overrunning motor or cylinder. The check will in the field.
be open whenever the pressure in the tank core
is higher than that in the work port.
OPTIONS B, C, D, AND E, SHIM ADJUSTABLE INLET RELIEF
OPTIONS B, C, D, AND E, SHIM ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF These options provide for an internally
shim adjustable main inlet relief. The relief
A port relief can be installed to limit the is a hydraulically dampened differential
pressure at the work port to less than the poppet design. This provides for smooth
system pressure. Also, it can be installed quiet operation in a relief that is moderately
to provide spike pressure protection when tolerant to contamination. The pressure of
the spool is in the neutral position. The these reliefs can be changed, within the
pressure of these reliefs can be changed specified range, by changing shims. This relief is also available with
by changing shims. stainless steel relief springs, consult factory.
OPTIONS F, G, H, AND J, ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF
This is the same OPTIONS F, G, H, AND J, ADJUSTABLE RELIEF
differential poppet type
relief as above but This is the same relief as
externally adjustable above except it is
within the specified externally adjustable,
range. within the specified range.

OUTLET SECTION OPTIONS HANDLE OPTIONS

NOTE: HANDLES ARE COATED
WITH BLACK RUBBER
VALVES

OPTION 1 STANDARD OPEN CENTER WITH CONVERSION PLUG

This is the standard outlet option. This option allows for conversion in the
field for power beyond or closed center applications. When the spools are
in neutral the inlet is unloaded to tank.
OPTION 3 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET
This option provides for closed center operation. This is typically used with a
variable displacement pressure compensated pump or in a system with an
unloading valve. When the spools are in neutral the inlet port is blocked.
OPTION 2 POWER BEYOND WITH #10 SAE BEYOND PORT
This option provides for a high pressure power beyond port. This would be used
if a valve is to be added downstream. The outlet must be connected to tank.
When the spools are in neutral the inlet is connected to power beyond port.

SERIES 20 COMBINATION 3 WAY AND 20TM 3 A A 1 E A - X X X X

COMBINED FLOW MID-INLET SECTION PORT SIZE*
SPOOL ACTION* DIGITS
HANDLE OPTIONS * SPECIFY A
3 Way 3 Position Mid-Inlet Port
MID INLET
Work Port MID-INLET RELIEF NON-STANDARD
RELIEF TYPE STANDARD SETTING OPTION NO. RELIEF
NO RELIEF A
PRESSURE IN
PSI. LEAVE
1350 PSI @ 10 GPM B BLANK FOR
Mid-Inlet Relief
SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM C STANDARD
2200 PSI @ 10 GPM D
2500 PSI @ 10 GPM E
SETTING.
B A
ADJUSTABLE 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM F
WORK PORT
(not available with 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM G RELIEF *
T
handle option 1) 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM H For nonstandard settings, add
2500 PSI @ 10 GPM J setting in PSI (-XXXX) after
mid inlet relief setting.
*See Series 20 Tandem Center work section order code for additional options.

Description: This section acts as a combination mid-inlet and 3 way 3 position section. The mid-inlet
provides an inlet port for a second pump mid stream in the stack valve. The A port is the mid-inlet port
and provides combined flow for this section and any downstream sections. The B port and the rest
of the section function the same as a 3 way 3 position section. When shifted any upstream sections
*See Series 20 Tandem Center work section for take priority of the main inlet flow over downstream sections. Both an inlet relief and a mid-inlet relief
dimensional data. are required to provide relief protection when both upstream and downstream sections are shifted.
CATV 10-10-18-01
V10 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 MID-INLET SECTION
Mid-Inlet
Mid-Inlet PortPort 20IMX X X X X-XXXX
20IM -XXXX
FLOW
FLOW OPTION
OPTION
C -CCOMBINED
- COMBINED FLOW
FLOW
S -SSPLIT
- SPLIT FLOW
FLOW LAST
LAST FOUR
FOUR DIGITS
DIGITS
1.75
1.75 SPECIFY
SPECIFY A NON-
A NON-
PORT
PORT SIZE
SIZE STANDARD RELIEF
STANDARD RELIEF
10 10 - #10
- #10 SAESAE (7/8-14
(7/8-14 THREAD)
THREAD) PRESSURE
PRESSURE IN PSI.
IN PSI.
20 20 - #12
- #12 SAESAE (1 1/16-12
(1 1/16-12 THREAD)
THREAD) LEAVE
LEAVE BLANK
BLANK FORFOR
1.12
1.12 Mid-Inlet
Mid-Inlet Relief
Relief Cartridge/Plug
Cartridge/Plug STANDARD SETTING.
30 30 - 1/2-NPTF
- 1/2-NPTF STANDARD SETTING.
40 40 - 3/4-NPTF
- 3/4-NPTF

MID-INLET
MID-INLET RELIEF
RELIEF OPTIONS:
OPTIONS:
Install
Install pipepipe
plugplug in this
in this location
location OPTION
STD.
STD. SETTING
SETTING
OPTION NO.NO. RELIEF
RELIEF TYPE
TYPE @ GPM
10 GPM
for for Flow
Flow Option
Option 'C' 'C' (Combined)
(Combined) @ 10
"BLANK"
"BLANK" BODY
BODY LESS
LESS RELIEF
RELIEF CARTRIDGE/PLUG
CARTRIDGE/PLUG -- --
A A NO-RELIEF
NO-RELIEF PLUG
PLUG -- --
B B SHIM
SHIM ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 500-1350
500-1350 PSIPSI 13501350
PSIPSI
C C SHIM
SHIM ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750
1350-1750 PSIPSI 17501750
PSIPSI
D D SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 PSIPSI
SHIM ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200 2200 PSIPSI
2200
E E SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 PSIPSI
SHIM ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000 2500 PSIPSI
2500
5.565.56 F ADJUSTABLE 500-1350
F ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSIPSI 13501350
PSIPSI
Section
Section cancan
be be converted
converted from
from CC Install
Install pipepipe
plugplug
in in G G ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 1350-1750
1350-1750 PSIPSI 17501750
PSIPSI
to S,
to S, or or
S toS C,
to C, prior
prior to installing
to installing thisthis location
location for for Flow
Flow H H ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 1750-2200
1750-2200 PSIPSI 22002200
PSIPSI
Option
Option 'S' 'S' (Split)
(Split) J J ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 2200-3000
2200-3000 PSIPSI 25002500
PSIPSI
section
section in the
in the stack
stack valve
valve assy.
assy. K K ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE 3000-3500
3000-3500 PSIPSI 32503250
PSIPSI

TEST DATA

P PT INLET
T INLET TO OUTLET
TO OUTLET PRESSURE
PRESSURE DROP
DROP P PT INLET
T INLET TO OUTLET
TO OUTLET PRESSURE
PRESSURE DROP
DROP
350 350 350 350
LEFT
LEFT 'IN' LEFT
'IN' TO TO LEFT 'OUT'
'OUT' LEFT
LEFT 'IN' RIGHT
'IN' TO TO RIGHT 'OUT'
'OUT'

VALVES
300 300 8 SECTION 300 300 8 SECTION
8 SECTION 8 SECTION

250 250 6 SECTION

6 SECTION 250 250 6 SECTION
6 SECTION
PSI

PSI
PSI

PSI

4 SECTION
4 SECTION 4 SECTION
4 SECTION
200 200 200 200
2 SECTION
2 SECTION 2 SECTION
2 SECTION
150 150 150 150

100 100 100 100

75 75 75 75
50 50 50 50
25 25 25 25
5 5 10 10 15 15 20 20 25 25 5 5 10 10 15 15 20 20 25 25
GPM
GPM GPM
GPM

ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SERIES

20 SECTIONS
This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and
350 350
PRESSURE
PRESSURE DROP
DROP FORFOR
PATHPATH
ANDAND
allow free flow in the opposite direction. This restrictor
NO. NO. OF SECTIONS
OF SECTIONS INDICATED
INDICATED consists of an orifice plate that simply drops into the
300 300
P PA ORA B,
OR8 B, 8 SECTION
SECTION #8 SAE or #10 SAE work port of a 20P, 20T, or 20L
250 250 P PA ORA B,
OR2 B, 2 SECTION
SECTION
work section.
PSI
PSI

A ORA BOR BT, 8 SECTION

T, 8 SECTION
200 200
A ORA BOR BT, 2 SECTION
T, 2 SECTION
150 150
Restricted
Restricted Free
Free
100 100 Flow
Flow Flow
Flow
75 75
50 50
25 25
ORDERING INFORMATION
5 5 10 10 15 15 20 20 25 25
HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #8 670805XXX
GPM
GPM
HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR #10 670811000
Oil 140 SUS at 110 degrees F. The pressure drop
The last three digits of part number
curves are representative, but the actual pressure are the orifice size in thousandths of an inch.
drop will vary some from valve to valve. More
EXAMPLE: 670805062 .62 ORIFICE
detailed test data is available upon request. 670805125 .125 ORIFICE
670805000 NO ORIFICE
CATV 11-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V11
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 FLOW CONTROL INLET SECTION

20IF15 -XXXX Digits Specify A

INLET PORT; #12 SAE ORB
Non-Standard Relief
Pressure in PSI.
Leave blank for
standard setting.
Solenoid Option:
MANUAL (Omit for Flow Opt. ‘M’)
FLOW CONTROL 12 D – 12 VDC Deutsch (DT04-2P)
CARTRIDGE
ADJ. RELIEF
Flow Control Option:
CARTRIDGE M – Manual Control
P – Electro-Proportional
Pilot Operated Relief Adjustable From 2000-3500 PSI.
5.00
Standard Relief Setting: 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM
MANUAL (OPT ‘M’) DESCRIPTION:
This inlet incorporates a manually operated pressure
compensated flow control. With the flow control knob turned
fully in (clockwise), all of the inlet flow is diverted to the tank
core. By turning the flow control knob counter-clockwise, the
7.00 1.94 inlet flow directed to the power core will be proportionally
increased. (Approximately 6 turns varies the controlled flow
from no flow to 26 GPM. Maximum number of turns on flow
control is approximately 8 turns.)
INLET INLET
ELECTRO-PROPORTIONAL (OPT ‘P’) DESCRIPTION:
This inlet incorporates a solenoid operated, electrically
variable pressure-compensated flow control. With no current
going through the solenoid, all of the inlet flow is diverted to
LD. the tank core. By increasing the current through the solenoid,
CHECK the flow being directed to the power core will be proportionally
CORE
POWER increased. (The current range is 400-1600 mA. At a current
CORE of 1600 mA max controlled flow is approximately 25 GPM.)
TANK Control current is provided via a controller card providing
CORE
REF: 20IF15M REF: 20IF15P12D a PWM signal. See Page V38 for more information on a
VALVES

controller.

TEST DATA
Turns vs. Regulated Flow Current vs. Regulated Flow
Series 20 Manual Flow Control Inlet Series 20 Electro-Proportional Flow Control Inlet
(25 GPM Inlet Flow) (25 GPM Inlet Flow)
30 30.0
No Load Regulated Flow (GPM)

No Load Regulated Flow (GPM)

25 25.0

20 20.0

15 15.0

10 10.0

5 5.0

0 0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Turns from Closed Coil Current (mA)
(PWM signal with 100 Hz, 10% dither)
Flow over Relief vs. Pressure
Series 20 Flow Control Inlet
(Relief set at 2500 psi @ 10 gpm)
3000

2500
Inlet Pressure (PSI)

2000

1500

1000

500

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Inlet Flow (GPM)
CATV 12-10-18-01
V12 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11 & 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 Directional Control Valves

LOAD SENSE SECTIONS

NEED NEW
PIC

VALVES
Series “20””
STANDARD FEATURES
• Extended Length Notches for Very Fine Metering • Low Spool Actuating Forces
• Machined Internal Lands for Precise • Use of Standard Series 20 Inlet Sections
Control and reduced Dead Band (20I) and Tie Rod Kits
• Low Standby Pressures • Same Mounting Pattern and Envelope as
• Spool Design for reduced Flow Forces Standard Series 20 Valve

SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Rating Foot Mounting
Maximum Operating Pressure 3500 psi Maximum Operating Temp.......................180°F
Maximum Tank Pressure................... 500 psi
Nominal Flow Rating ............................20 GPM 20LP Section Weight................. Approx 10.1 Ibs.
Please Refer to Pressure Drop and Flow 20LE Section Weight................... Approx 4.3 Ibs.
Charts for Your Application

CATV 13-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V13
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SPECIAL SECTIONS AVAILABLE:
Valves other than standard models listed can be made to order. Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number
that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your specific requirements and a model
number will be assigned for you. This model number can then be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will apply
to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative.

WORK SECTION 2 0 XX X X X X X X
WORK SECTION TYPE PORT RELIEF “B”
LP-STANDARD LOAD SENSE SECTION
LPC-LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PORT RELIEF “A”
A - NO RELIEF
PORT SIZE B - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) C - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) D - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) E - SHIM ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) F - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350*
5. 3/8 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) G - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750*
SPOOL TYPE H - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200*
J - ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500*
H - 3 WAY 3 POSITION K - ANTI-CAVITATION CHECK°
J - 4 WAY 3 POSITION L - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350°
K - 4 WAY 3 POSITION FREE FLOW MOTOR M - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750°
M - 4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT (USE WITH D N - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200°
SPOOL ACTION) R - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500°
J05 - 5 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) S - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 500-1350 PSI SET AT 1350*°
J10 - 10 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) T - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1351-1750 PSI SET AT 1750*°
J15 - 15 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) W- PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 1751-2200 PSI SET AT 2200*°
J20 - 20 GPM PRESSURE COMP (LPC ONLY) Y - PORT RELIEF/ANTI-CAV ADJUSTABLE 2201-3000 PSI SET AT 2500*°
K05 - 5 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY)
K10 - 10 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) *ADJUSTABLE PORT RELIEF CARTRIDGES CANNOT
K15 - 15 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) BE USED ON THE “A” PORT END OF WORK SECTION
K20 - 20 GPM PRESSURE COMP MOTOR (LPC ONLY) WHEN THE STANDARD LEVER HANDLE IS USED
SPOOL ACTIONS BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE
A - SPRING CENTER TO NEUTRAL
VALVES

B - 3 POSITION DETENT °ANTI-CAVITATION CHECKS AND RELIEFS NOT AVAILABLE

C - FRICTION DETENT WITH LPC SECTIONS. WORK PORT RELIEFS ON 20LPC USE
D - FLOAT DETENT A DIFFERENT CARTRIDGE THAN THE STANDARD SERIES 20P
E - SPRING CENTER PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR CARTRIDGE
F - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & OUT
(NO IN POSITION) FOR WORK PORT RELIEF SETTING OTHER THAN STANDARD
H - HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR (USE HANDLE OPTION 7)
J - SPRING CENTER W/MICROSWITCH 20P1BA1DH-18-20
(SWITCHES ON IN OR OUT)*** “B” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
K - SPRING CENTER W/MICROSWITCH EXAMPLE: 20=2000 PSI
(SWTCHES ON SPOOL IN ONLY )*** “A” PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
M - SPRING CENTER DETENT IN EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI
N - SPRING CENTER DETENT OUT
P - 2 POSITION DETENT NEUTRAL & IN
(NO OUT POSITION)
HANDLE OPTIONS
1 - STANDARD LEVER HANDLE*
* LEVERS ARE COATED WITH BLACK RUBBER
2 - LESS HANDLE ONLY
***MICROSWITCH INCLUDED.
3 - LESS COMPLETE HANDLE
4 - VERTICAL LEVER HANDLE*
7 - BLANK FOR OPTIONAL JOYSTICK HANDLE
SEE PAGE 12 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING

LOAD SENSE OUTLET SECTION 2 0 LE X X

OUTLET TYPE
LE - STANDARD LOAD SENSE OUTLET

PORT SIZE
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) LOAD SENSE PORT OPTIONS
2. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) 1. #4 SAE WITH DRAIN ORIFICE
3. 3/4 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) 2. #4 SAE WITHOUT DRAIN ORIFICE
3. OUTLET FOR USE WITH 20ILFS INLET
(OUTLET SEALS FOR SOLENOID PILOT LINES)
The Prince LE outlet includes a load sense port in a cartridge that is installed in the section. There are two versions of the cartridge, one with a load
sense line drain orifice and one without a drain orifice. There is normally a drain orifice in either the valve or the pump controls. Cartridges can be
changed in the field to change the configuration. Power beyond is not available in a load sense system.

CATV 14-10-18-01
V14 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 12 & 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 CROSS SECTION OF LOAD SENSE & LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED WORK SECTIONS
CASTING NUMBER C-814 CASTING NUMBER C-814
PARALLEL CORE ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF PARALLEL CORE ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF
WORK SECTION BODY PRESSURE COMPENSATING SPOOL WORK SECTION BODY
LOAD CHECK
'B' WORK PORT 'A' WORK PORT 'B' WORK PORT 'A' WORK PORT
LOAD SENSE LOAD SENSE SECTION
SECTION HAS 'LS' CAST ON
HAS 'LS' CAST ON THE LEFT SIDE OF
THE LEFT SIDE OF THE 'B' WORK PORT
THE 'B' WORK PORT

TANK CORE LOAD SENSE PASSAGE LOAD SENSE PASSAGE

EXTENDED NOTCHES MACHINED INTO SPOOL PROVIDE EXTRA FINE METERING

MODEL 20LP LOAD SENSE & 20LPC LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED CIRCUITS
The Series 20LP and 20LPC work sections are specifically designed to be used with a pressure-flow compensated pump, commonly
known as a load sense pump. The valve is a parallel circuit, closed center design, where flow does not flow through the valve when
the spools are centered. A load sense signal line must be connected to the load sense port on the pump and to the load sense port
on the 20LE outlet section of the valve. The pressure-flow compensator portion of a load sense pump will maintain (within its flow
and pressure limitations) an output pressure equal to the pressure at the load sense port plus the load sense differential pressure.
The differential pressure is typically between 150 and 350 psi. The valve is designed so that when a spool is shifted, the pressure at
the out flow work port is presented to the valves load sense port. The valve incorporates logic and load sense check valves so that
when multiple spools are shifted, the highest pressure of any of the work ports is directed to the load sense port. A load sense line
bleed orifice needs to be present in either the Prince load sense outlet or the load sense pump controls. The bleed orifice will prevent
high pressure from being trapped in the load sense line and sending false signals to the pump.

There are a number of benefits to load sense systems, one of the primary ones being in the metering of the flow to the work ports.

VALVES
Metering is typically accomplished when the flow passes through metering notches in the spool. In a load sense valve, the pressure
that drives the flow through the notches is typically limited to the relatively low and nearly constant differential pressure. This relatively
low differential pressure makes the notches more effective and gives more resolution in regard to spool travel versus flow out of
the work port. Also, this “resolution” remains relatively the same regardless of the pressure required at the work port. The metering
notches in the Prince load sense valve have been optimized to give excellent metering characteristics over an extended portion of the
spool travel and over the full flow rating of the valve. The internal lands of the casting have also been machined to give repeatable,
precise control to the metering characteristics. Another benefit to load sense valves is that, in the minimum flow standby mode, the
pump only has to generate the rather low differential pressure thus saving energy as compared to typical open center or standard
closed center systems.

The Series 20LPC load sense pressure compensated valve incorporates a pressure compensator upstream to the metering notches
on the spool (“pre-comp”). With either a fully shifted or partially shifted spool, work port flow will remain constant regardless of changing
load pressure requirements. Pressure compensated sections are particularly useful in applications where the metering of flow, with
varying pressure and flow conditions is required. The 20LPC sections have flow rated spools that determine the maximum flow from
the individual work section. For instance the maximum flow from a work sections with a J10 spool is 10 gpm. Metering notches extend
to the full travel of the spool. The lower flow spools will provide increased flow vs. spool travel resolution. With parallel circuitry, multiple
sections can be used simultaneously to meter flow. If the sum of the flow rating of the shifted spools is less than the flow rating of
the pump, all sections will receive flow. If the call for flow based on spool position from all work sections calls for more flow than the
output of the pump, there may be some division of flow based on the section with the lowest pressure demand. The 20LPC is an
optimal choice for proportional solenoid operation. It provides the greatest resolution of all the Prince proportional solenoid valves.

B A B A B A

OUT IN OUT

LS
20I2J 20LP1JA1JJ 20LP1JA1AA 20LPC1J05A1AA 20LE21
LOAD SENSE LOAD SENSE LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMP
CATV 15-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V15
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 LOAD SENSE OUTLET DIMENSIONS LOAD SENSE WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

5.38
ø.344 (2)
2.69

1.38 1.75
1.00

1.44 .34
2.88
LOAD SENSE PORT

OUTLET PORT

4.25

1.25

1.44 2.75 1.00 ø.250

1.69 2.56 5.50 1.70 ø.283

TEST DATA

PRESSURE DROP - INLET TO WORK PORT PRESSURE DROP - WORK PORT TO TANK
300 120
PRESSURE DROP PSI
PRESSURE DROP PSI
VALVES

250 100
8 SECTIONS
200 80 8 SECTIONS
150 60
100 40
50 2 SECTIONS 20 2 SECTIONS
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
FLOW GPM FLOW GPM

WORK PORT FLOW VS. SPOOL POSITION

30

25
FLOW (GPM)

20 350 PSI LOAD SENSE

DIFFERENTIAL
15

10
250 PSI LOAD
SENSE
5
DIFFERENTIAL

0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
SPOOL DISPLACEMENT (IN)

CATV 16-10-18-01
V16 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE INLET (FOR FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP)
HANDLE END (FRONT)
OF SECTION 20ILF25 – XXXX
PRESSURE COMPENSATING
REGULATOR CARTRIDGE COMPENSATOR SETTING: DIGITS SPECIFY A
ADJUSTABLE RELIEF 090 – 90 PSI COMPENSATOR NON-STANDARD RELIEF
CARTRIDGE 150 – 150 PSI COMPENSATOR (STANDARD) PRESSURE IN PSI.

INLET PORT; #12 SAE ORB 230 – 230 PSI COMPENSATO RLEAVE BLANK FOR
STANDARD SETTING.

INLET

4.00

LOAD CHECK CORE

TANK CORE
LOAD SENSE LINE
1.94 6.60

SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE INLET (FOR FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP w/SOLENOID OPERATORS)
G IN HANDLE END (FRONT)
OF SECTION 20ILFS65 – XXXX
FILTER
CARTRIDGE COMPENSATOR SETTING: DIGITS SPECIFY A
230 – 230 PSI COMPENSATOR NON-STANDARD RELIEF
INLET PORT FILTER PRESSURE COMPENSATING
REGULATOR CARTRIDGE 350 – 350 PSI COMPENSATOR PRESSURE IN PSI.
#16 SAE ORB LEAVE BLANK FOR
(PROPORTIONAL OPERATORS) STANDARD SETTING.
ADJUSTABLE RELIEF
CARTRIDGE
TANK PORT – #16 SAE ORB

INLET

VALVES
IN
4.50
G PILOT LOAD CHECK CORE
PILOT LINE
T TANK TANK CORE
LOAD SENSE LINE
6.60 2.94

APPLICATION NOTES – 20ILF and 20ILFS:

1. These inlets are for use with a fixed displacement pump (such as a For proportional operators a 350 psi compensator is needed. In the
gear pump) and Prince Series 20 load sense sections. 20ILFS, the compensator generates pilot pressure to initiate a spool
2. When all spools are centered, the inlet allows the pump flow to be shift when a solenoid is energized. Load induced pressure is required
diverted to tank at relatively low pressure. to complete and then maintain the spool shift.
3. When a spool is shifted, the compensator directs the flow to the 5. For the 20ILFS, the flow to the solenoid cartridges is filtered through
work port at a flow and pressure relative to the work port/load sense a 10 µ replaceable cartridge pressure filter. Only the pilot flow is
pressure. The inlet retains the enhanced metering control of the load filtered thus providing a long filter life.
sense work sections. 6. A Series 20 load sense outlet (20LEx1 for the 20ILF or a 20LEx3 for
4. For the 20ILF inlet, the 150 psi compensator is standard. It is typically the 20ILFS) must be used in the stack valve assembly.
used with flows up to approximately 25 gpm. For lower flows, a 90 psi 7. The load sense port on the outlet needs to be plugged with a steel
compensator can be used. For higher flows, a 230 psi compensator plug. There is no external load sense line.
can be used. For the 20ILFS inlet, a 230 psi compensator is standard. 8. The 20ILFS requires a tie rod kit for one extra section.

TEST DATA
20ILF PRESSURE DROP INLET TO TANK 20ILF RELIEF CURVE
LEFT IN TO RIGHT OUT (3 WORK SECTIONS) SET @ 10 GPM
600.0 3500
3000 PSI
PRESSURE DROP (PSI)

3000
PRESSURE (PSI)

500.0 350 PSI 2500 PSI

COMPENSATOR 2500
400.0 230 PSI 2000 PSI
COMPENSATOR 2000
300.0
150 PSI 1500
200.0 COMPENSATOR
1000
100.0 90 PSI 500
COMPENSATOR
0.0 0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
INLET FLOW (GPM) INLET FLOW (GPM)
CATV 17-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V17
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 JOYSTICK HANDLES FOR SERIES “20”

A typical handle to spool movement pattern is shown. Different

patterns are also available. The Joystick handle can be used
with standard three position spools or with four position float
spools. If work port reliefs are required on the joystick end of a
section, the relief cartridges must be the shim adjustable type.
When two joysticks are installed on the same valve assembly,
it is recommended that there be two standard section between
them to prevent handle interference.
When ordering a valve assembly, please refer to the following
part numbers and indicate which sections the handle is to be
installed on. The part numbers refer to the complete joystick
This is a special handle for the SERIES 20 stack valve that assembly required to control two valve sections. Use the same
allows the spools of two adjacent sections to be operated by one part numbers to order kits for field installation.
common handle. The spools can be operated independently or
simultaneously depending on handle movement. The option is JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/ STRAIGHT HANDLE:
typically used on spring center to neutral sections. Normally, the ASSEMBLED ON VALVE............................. 20JS
handle is installed at the factory on sections ordered with handle KIT.......................................................660190016
option 7. However, the handle can also be installed in the field on JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/ OFFSET HANDLE:
valves originally equipped with standard handles (handle options ASSEMBLED ON VALVE............................. 20JO
1 through 4). This drawing shows two joysticks with offset handles KIT.......................................................660190017
installed on a six section valve.

SERIES 20 SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS

The solenoid operated Series 20 work sections allow remote electrical on-off control or, depending on the model, manual
control. The solenoid operated sections contain two, 3 way-2 position screw in style cartridge valves. The screw in
cartridges provide a robust platform for the higher tank pressures often seen in mobile applications.
VALVES

Prince solenoid operated valves are pilot operated valves where pilot pressure is used to shift the spool. Depending
on the model, the pilot pressure will be applied either directly to the end of the spool or to a piston that is connected
to the spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both spool end cavities or piston cavities are connected to tank.
When the “A” solenoid is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the “A” end of the spool/piston, causing the spool to
shift, against spring bias, and allow flow to the “A” work port. Energizing the “B” solenoid causes similar action on the
“B” end. Internal pilot passageways convey pilot pressure to the solenoid actuators.

Pilot pressure is typically supplied by a utility section, but in the case of load sense sections or closed center assemblies,
it can also be provided by an inlet manifold, which can be provided with filtered pilot flow. If a utility section is used, it
must be installed between the last work section and the outlet cover. The utility section, or inlet manifold, limit the pilot
pressure to approximately 350 psi.

For an open center system, a pressure build up cartridge is needed in the utility section. The pressure build up
section provides pilot pressure to initiate the spool shift. A minimum of approximately 300 psi load induced pressure is
required to complete the spool shift and hold the spool in the shifted position. For over center or light load applications
a restrictor installed in the work port line may be required. Manual sections used in the same assembly with solenoid
sections must either be upstream of solenoid sections or be custom sections machined with pilot passage ways in an
assembly using a utility section. In assemblies with an inlet manifold, both solenoid and manual sections can be in the
same assembly but, manual sections may have to be machined with pilot pass through passageways. For solenoid
operated series sections, a tandem section with pilot pass through passageways must be between the series section
and the utility section. Consult your sales representative for your application.

Prince solenoid operators are offered in both a divided design (a solenoid on each end of the section) and a combined
design (both solenoids on the end opposite the handle). We also currently offer models in both 10 thread size and 8
thread size solenoid cartridges. The 8 thread size offers a more compact assembly and a more economical choice
as compared to a 10 thread size.

CATV 18-10-18-01
V18 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) COMBINED SOLENOID OPERATORS
(BOTH OPERATORS ON ONE END)
A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 1, 2, 3 or 4 will designate a combined configuration with both solenoid
cartridges on one end, opposite the handle end of the section. The combined operator configurations provide for either electric or
manual operation. Handle configurations will be the same as the standard manual sections.
A “C” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate an 8 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a
#8 thread size. The #8 size cartridges allow for a more compact section size. An optional manual override feature is available for the
#8 solenoid cartridges. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or
sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince Series 20 solenoid operated
work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly.

8 SERIES SOLENOID 20PXXXXXX-CXXX

OPERATED WORK SECTION COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
WORK SECTION TYPE 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
P - Standard Parallel 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
LP - Load Sense 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD)
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SOLENOID OPERATION
SPOOL TYPE C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
A - 3 - Way 3-Position CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
B - 4 - Way 3-Position PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor A - Relief Cavity Plugged
E - 3 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
H - 3 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
J - 4 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20 LP Only E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series
P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION

VALVES
J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) A - Relief Cavity Plugged
J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are
K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) different than the standard Series 20P cartridge.
K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only)
SPOOL ACTION HANDLE OPTION
A - Spring Center 1. Standard Lever Handle 3. Less Complete Handle
*See page V47 for coil details. 2. Less Handle Only 4. Vertical Lever Handle

SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) TYPE C - SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

SOLENOID OPERATED PRESSURE

20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION BUILD-UP VALVE UTILITY OPTION

G PILOT

20U1 UTILITY SECTION

WITH STD. OUTLET SECTION
OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION
OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE

“B” SOLENOID
“A” SOLENOID
“B” WORK PORT
“A” WORK PORT

IN TANK
5.8

1.75 10.22
12.97
14.67
CATV 19-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V19
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12, 13 & 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) DIVIDED SOLENOID OPERATORS (OPERATORS ON BOTH ENDS)
A Series 20 solenoid operated section with a handle code of 5 or 6 will designate a split configuration with a solenoid cartridge on
each end of the section. Handle option 5 provides electric operation only. Handle option 6 provides a lever handle for either electric
or manual operation.
A “D” prefix on the solenoid and coil designation will designate an 8 series design and will have screw in solenoid cartridges with a
#8 thread size. The #8 size cartridges allow for a more compact section size. An optional manual override feature is available for the
#8 solenoid cartridges. Cartridges and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or
sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince Series 20 solenoid operated
work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly.

8 SERIES SOLENOID 20PXXXXXX-DXXX

OPERATED WORK SECTION COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
WORK SECTION TYPE 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
P - Standard Parallel 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
LP - Load Sense 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD)
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) SOLENOID OPERATION
D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
SPOOL TYPE DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
A - 3 - Way 3-Position
B - 4 - Way 3-Position PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor A - Relief Cavity Plugged
H - 3 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
J - 4 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20LP Only D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) A - Relief Cavity Plugged
J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
VALVES

J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only)
K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are
K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) different than the standard Series 20P cartridge.
SPOOL ACTION HANDLE OPTION
A - Spring Center 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever)
*See page V47 for coil details. 6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever

SERIES 20 (8 SERIES) TYPE D & DP - SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION
SOLENOID OPERATED PRESSURE
BUILD-UP VALVE UTILITY OPTION

G PILOT

20U1 UTILITY SECTION

WITH STD. OUTLET SECTION
OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION
OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE

“B” SOLENOID “A” SOLENOID

“B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT

7.90
5.92 (D)
C-917

IN TANK

5.97 6.41 (DP)

1.75 6.43
12.86 HANDLE OPTION 5
15.49 HANDLE OPTION 6

CATV 20-10-18-01
V20 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12, 13 & 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 (10 SERIES) COMBINED SOLENOID OPERATORS (BOTH OPERATORS ON ONE END)
A Series 20 solenoid operated
section with a handle code of
1, 2, 3 or 4 will designate a 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION
combined configuration with OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION
both solenoid cartridges on one OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE
G PILOT
end, opposite the handle end
of the section. The combined
operator configurations provide
for either electric or manual
operation. Handle configurations
will be the same as the standard
manual sections. ‘B’ SOLENOID
‘A’ SOLENOID
‘A’ WORK PORT
An “S” prefix on the solenoid and ‘B’ WORK PORT
coil designation will designate a
10 series design and will have
screw in solenoid cartridges with
a #10 thread size. Cartridges
and coils on the 10 series will
be interchangeable with the 8.85 IN TANK
components on Prince solenoid

34
C-6
operated valves manufactured
prior to November 2014 as well
as current production 10 series
valves. The 10 series sections IN
will have a dimensional envelope 10.62
the same as Prince solenoid 13.37
15.06
operated sections manufactured
prior to November, 2014.

VALVES
34
C-6
10 SERIES SOLENOID 20PXXXXXX-SXXX
OPERATED WORK SECTION COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
WORK SECTION TYPE 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
P - Standard Parallel 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
LP - Load Sense 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD)
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
A - Relief Cavity Plugged
SPOOL TYPE B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
A - 3 - Way 3-Position C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
B - 4 - Way 3-Position D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
E - 3 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor
H - 3 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
J - 4 - Way 3-Position 20LP Only A - Relief Cavity Plugged
K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20 LP Only B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S are
J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) different than the standard Series 20P cartridge.
J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only)
K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) HANDLE OPTION
K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 1. Standard Lever Handle 3. Less Complete Handle
K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 2. Less Handle Only 4. Vertical Lever Handle
K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) SPOOL ACTION
*See page V47 for coil details. A - Spring Center
CATV 21-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V21
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 12, 13 & 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 (10 SERIES) SPLIT SOLENOID OPERATORS (OPERATORS ON BOTH ENDS)
A Series 20 solenoid SPECIFICATIONS:
operated section with 1-9 SECTIONS
a handle code of 5 or 20UE12F UTILITY OUTLET SECTION 20 GPM
INTERNAL PILOT
6 will designate a split OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION INTERNAL DRAIN
configuration with a OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE
G PILOT
solenoid cartridge on
each end of the section.
Handle option 5 provides
electric operation only.
Handle option 6 provides
a lever handle for either
electric or manual
operation. ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID
‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT
An “S” prefix on the
solenoid and coil
designation will designate
a 10 series design
and will have screw 7.90
in solenoid cartridges IN TANK 6.75
with a #10 thread size.
Cartridges and coils
on the 10 series will be
interchangeable with the
components on Prince IN

solenoid operated valves 1.75 6.44

manufactured prior to 12.88 HANDLE OPTION 5
15.59 HANDLE OPTION 6
November 2014 as well
as current production
VALVES

10 series valves. The

10 series sections will
ha ve a d ime nsio na l
envelope the same as
Prince solenoid operated
sections manufactured
prior to November, 2014.

10 SERIES SOLENOID 20PXXXXXX-SXXX

OPERATED WORK SECTION COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
WORK SECTION TYPE 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
P - Standard Parallel 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
LP - Load Sense 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
S - Series (Use Spool Type N or P) 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
1. #10 SAE (7/8-14 THREAD) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
2. #8 SAE (3/4-16 THREAD) 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
3. #12 SAE (1 1/16-12 THREAD) PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI MAX) A - Relief Cavity Plugged
SPOOL TYPE B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
A - 3 - Way 3-Position C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
B - 4 - Way 3-Position D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
C - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
H - 3 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
J - 4 - Way 3-Position - 20LP Only A - Relief Cavity Plugged
K - 4 - Way 3-Position Free Flow Motor - 20LP Only B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500-1350 PSI Set at 1350
N - 4 - Way 3-Position Series C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351-1750 PSI Set at 1750
P - 4 - Way 3-Position Series Motor D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751-2200 PSI Set at 2200
J05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201-3000 PSI Set at 2500
J10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) Note: Work port relief cartridges on the 20LPC and 20S
J15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) are different than the standard Series 20P cartridge.
J20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp (LPC Only) HANDLE OPTION
K05 - 5 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever)
K10 - 10 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) 6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever
K15 - 15 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only)
K20 - 20 GPM Pressure Comp Motor (LPC Only) SPOOL ACTION
*See page V47 for coil details. A - Spring Center

CATV 22-10-18-01
V22 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12, 13 & 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 UTILITY SECTIONS (FOR USE WITH SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS)

UTILITY SECTION 20UX - XXX

UTILITY TYPE COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION*
U - Standard Utility (omit for options 2 thru 5)
UTILITY OPTION 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
1. Solenoid On-Off Press. Build-Up Valve 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
2. Mechanical Continuous On Press. Build-up Valve 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
3. Closed Center Utility Section (Required with Load Sense Assembly) 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
4. #10 SAE ORB Power Beyond (No Pressure Build-Up) * 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
5. External Pilot Supply Utility 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
24H, VDC DIN 43650
* Note: With Series 20 solenoid operator assemblies, the power 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
beyond line is connected to the utility section and NOT to a power 11C, 120 VAC Conduit
beyond port in the outlet section. Option 4 requires pilot pressure
11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
to be provided by downstream function.

COMBINATION
OUTLET/UTILITY SECTION 20UEXXX
OUTLET PORT SIZE FILTER OPTIONS
1. #10 SAE ORB (7/8 – 14 UNF) A - Without Filter Element
F - With Filter Element
PRESSURE BUILD-UP OPTIONS (Cavity is always present)
2. Mechanical Pressure Build-Up
3. Closed Center SERIES 20 COMBINATION UTILITY SECTION AND OUTLET
4. Mech. Pressure Build-Up; #12 SAE Incorporates both the utility and outlet sections into one mainfold.
ORB Power Beyond For use in solenoid operatied assemblies (either on/off or proportional).
5. Mech. Pressure Build-Up, Medium Provides reducing cartridge (350 psi) limits pressure to solenoids.
Pressure; #12 SAE Power Beyond** Mechanical pressure build-up (open center or PBY), or closed center.
6. Mech. Pressure Build-Up, Medium Optional filtration of pilot flow. The 20UE requires a tie rod kit for one extra section.
Pressure** ** Medium pressure buildups can be considered for higher flow proportional
7. #12 SAE ORB Power Beyond (No applications.

VALVES
Pressure Build-Up)*** *** Build-up option 7 requires pilot pressure to be provided by downstream function.
8. Load Sense (closed center)

SERIES 20 SYMBOL SCHEMATIC OF A SOLENOID OPERATOR ASSEMBLY

B A

OUT IN PRESSURE BUILD-UP OUT

CARTRIDGE
PRESSURE REDUCING
SOL B

SOL A

CARTRIDGE

20I2J 20P1BA1GG–C12Q / 20P1BA6GG–D12Q 20U1 20E21

OR
20P1BA1GG–S12Q / 20P1BA6GG–S12Q

PILOT GAUGE
PRESSURE BUILD-UP
CARTRIDGE
PRESSURE REDUCING
CARTRIDGE

PRESSURE
BUILD-UP
PRESSURE
REDUCING POWER BEYOND

TANK

20UE14F 20U2

For remote control options for on/off and proportional solenoids, see page V52.

CATV 23-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V23
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 11, 12, 13 & 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS
In the Series 20 proportional work sections, varying pilot pressure is applied to the end of the spools to shift the spool
against spring bias. Proportional pressure reducing cartridges are used to vary the pressure on the spools. As the current
through the cartridge coil increases, the amount of the available pilot pressure applied to the ends of the spools also,
proportionally increases. There will be a threshold pressure/current (dead band) to overcome the initial spring centering
force and initial land coverage. Once this pressure/current has been exceeded, increasing the current through the coil
will increase the flow from the work ports.

Current to the coils is typically provided by a PWM current control module and a joystick or other input device. The coils
require a maximum current of approximately 1300 mA (@ 12 volts), and for reduced hysteresis, a dither frequency of
approximately 100 Hz and a dither amplitude of 50 to 100 mA. The controller should have adjustable minimum current
and maximum current settings to minimize the dead band before work port flow starts and to maximize the control
resolution. See page V38.6 for examples of control module and joystick components.

The proportional work sections require pilot pressure to shift the spools. Approximately 325 psi pilot pressure will fully shift
the spool in Prince proportional sections. With open center valve assemblies, the pilot pressure is typically supplied by
a compensator inlet (20IC). The compensator inlets will provide adequate pilot pressure regardless of the load induced
pressure. On load sense or load sense pressure comp systems used with a fixed displacement pump, a 20ILFS65370
inlet will provide pilot pressure. For load sense and load sense pressure comp systems used with a load sense pump,
the standby pressure setting should be approximately 325 psi or more to provide for completely shifting the spool.

Prince offers three basic proportional families. The first is open center proportional (based on the 20P family). The open
center family, which is typically used with a fixed displacement (gear) pump is the least expensive of the three families.
The open center family will provide controlled starts and stops of the work port flow, however, the metering band is not
as wide as the other proportional families. The flow rate is also somewhat pressure dependent. The second family is
load sense proportional and is based on the 20LP family. The load sense proportional has a wider metering band and the
flow is not pressure dependent. The third family, based on the 20LPC family, is load sense pressure comp proportional.
The load sense pressure comp family has the widest metering band, giving the most control and resolution. The load
sense pressure comp family also has flow rated spools, providing for high resolution and control even for a few gpm
VALVES

with the 5 gpm spool. Using current minimum and current maximum settings on the controller will enhance the control
in all three families.

SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL ASSEMBLIES

OTHER UTILITY & OUTLET SECTION

OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE 20UEx8F UTILITY OUTLET 20LEx3 STD. OULET,
CLOSED CENTER
ALTERNATIVE OUTLET CONFIGURATION:
TANK PORT 20U3 UTILITY SECTION AND 20Ex1
OUTLET SECTION.

G PILOT

“B” SOLENOID G IN “A” SOLENOID

“B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT
INLET PORT 20ILFS65370 INLET
FILTER

TANK PORT
“B” SOLENOID “A” SOLENOID
“A” WORK PORT LOAD SENSE SECTIONS (20LP, 20LPC AND FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
“B” WORK PORT

TANK PORT
LOAD SENSE SECTIONS (20LP, 20 LPC) AND LOAD SENSE PUMP 20Ex4 STD. OUTLET

IN TANK
C-917

5.97
“B” SOLENOID “A” SOLENOID
“B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT
20IC2F STD. INLET
INLET PORT FILTER
1.75 6.43
12.86 HANDLE OPTION 5
20P (OPEN CENTER) SECTIONS AND FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP

CATV 24-10-18-01
V24 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS

20 A - DP
COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION*
WORK SECTION TYPE 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
P - Standard Parallel 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
LP - Load Sense 12H, 12 VDC Din 43650
LPC - Load Sense Pressure Compensated 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 24H, 24 VDC Din 43650
1. #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 Thread)
24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
2. #8 SAE ORB ( 3/4-16 Thread)
11H, 120 VAC Din 43650
3. #12 SAE ORB (1 1/16-12 Thread)
4. 1/2 NPTF (2000 PSI max) PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
A - Relief Cavity Plugged
SPOOL TYPE B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500 - 1350 PSI set at 1350
A - 3-Way 3-Position (20P) C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351 - 1750 PSI set at 1750
B - 4-Way 3-Position (20P) D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751 - 2200 PSI set at 2200
C - 4-Way 3-Position Motor (20P) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201 - 3000 PSI set at 2500
J - 4-Way 3-Position (20LP)
K - 4-Way 3-position Motor (20LP) PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
J05 - 4-Way 3-Position, 5 GPM (20LPC) A - Relief Cavity Plugged
J10 - 4-Way 3-Position, 10 GPM (20LPC) B - Shim Adjustable Relief 500 - 1350 PSI set at 1350
J15 - 4-Way 3-Position, 15 GPM (20LPC) C - Shim Adjustable Relief 1351 - 1750 PSI set at 1750
J20 - 4-Way 3-Position, 20 GPM (20LPC) D - Shim Adjustable Relief 1751 - 2200 PSI set at 2200
K05 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 5 GPM (20LPC) E - Shim Adjustable Relief 2201 - 3000 PSI set at 2500
K10 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 10GPM (20LPC)
K15 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 15 GPM (20LPC) HANDLE OPTION
K20 - 4-Way 3-Position Motor, 20 GPM (20LPC) 5. Solenoid Operated Only (No Lever)
**6. Solenoid Operated With Manual Lever
SPOOL ACTION
A - Spring Center
*See Page V48 Series 8 Solenoid Coils for Coil Information.
**With handle option 6 on a proportional section, the current required for full flow is reduced by approximately 15%. The force required to

VALVES
manually shift the spool with the handle is increased as compared to the force required with a standard work section – handle option 1.

20IC2F INLET ASSEMBLY

PRESSURE COMPENSATING
20IC2F – xxxx
REGULATOR CARTRIDGE
SPECIAL RELIEF SETTING (LEAVE BLANK
FILTER FOR STD SETTING OF 2500 PSI).
HANDLE END (FRONT)
OF SECTION ADJUSTMENT RANGE: 2000-3500 PSI
ADJUSTABLE RELIEF

INLET

4.50 LD CHECK CORE

POWER CORE
G PILOT TANK CORE
(GAUGE, PILOT) PILOT LINE
IN

6.60 2.94
INLET PORT, #12 SAE ORB
(1 1/16-12 THD)

APPLICATION NOTES:
The 20IC2F has other applications such as low flow systems. The inlet can provide a constant pilot pressure regardless
of flow, guaranteeing a shift in either on/off or proportional solenoids. Likewise, systems that also have little to no load
induced pressure can benefit from the constant pilot pressure the 20IC2F provides, guaranteeing a shift regardless of
work port pressure.
The 10 micron filter included in the inlet helps keep the pilot lines clean. This helps eliminate contamination in the oil
being sent to the solenoid cartridges.

CATV 25-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V25
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 13 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SERIES 20 PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS PERFORMANCE CURVES

SERIES 20 OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (20P-DP12D)

WORK PORT FLOW (GPM)
WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT
20 SPOOL B
16 20 GPM INLET FLOW

12
8
SPOOL B
4
6 GPM INLET FLOW
0
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 12 VDC

250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 24 VDC

CURRENT (mA)

SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL (20LP-DP12D)

WORK PORT FLOW (GPM)

WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT

20 SPOOL J
16 20 GPM INLET FLOW
VALVES

12
8
4
0
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 12 VDC

250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 24 VDC

CURRENT (mA)

SERIES 20 LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL

WORK PORT FLOW (GPM)

(20LPC-DP12D) WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT

20 SPOOL J20

16 SPOOL J15
12 SPOOL J10
8
SPOOL J05
4
0
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 12 VDC

250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 24 VDC

CURRENT (mA)

CATV 26-10-18-01
V26 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 EXAMPLES OF TYPICAL SERIES 20 SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS AND ASSEMBLIES

ON – OFF SOLENOID ASSEMBLIES

SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTIONS SERIES 20 common assemblies
20P1BA1AA-C12D (8 series solenoids) 20I2J; 20P1BA1AA-C12D; 20U2 (utility section); 20E21
20P1BA5AA-DM12D (8 series-manual override solenoids) 20I2J; 20P1BA1AA-C12D; 20UE12F (combination utility &
20P1BA6AA-C12L (8 series solenoids) outlet section w/ filter)
20P1BA1AA-S12Q (10 series solenoids)
20P1BA5AA-S12H (10 series solenoids)
20P1BA6AA-S12L (10 series solenoids)
OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (fixed displacement pump)
SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION Series 20 common assembly
20P1BA5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids) 20IC2F (compensator inlet); 20P1BA5AA-DP12D; 20E24 (pilot
seal outlet)
LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL
SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION
20LP1JA5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids)
Series 20 common assemblies
20I2A; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20U3; 20LE21 (load sense pump)
20I2A; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20UE18F (load sense pump, combination utility outlet - load sense w/ filter)
20ILFS65370; 20LP1JA5AA-DP12D; 20LE23 (fixed displacement pump, compensator inlet w/ filter, load sense - pilot seal outlet)
LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED PROPORTIONAL
SERIES 20 COMMON WORK SECTION
20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D (proportional solenoids, 15 gpm spool)
Series 20 common assemblies
20I2A; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20U3; 20LE21 (load sense pump)
20I2A; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20UE18F (load sense pump, combination utility outlet - load sense w/ filter)
20ILFS65370; 20LPC1J15A5AA-DP12D; 20LE23 (fixed displacement pump, compensator inlet w/ filter, load sense -
pilot seal outlet)

VALVES
ON – OFF SOLENOID PUMP TYPE
Work Sect. Inlet Utility Outlet
20(P/S) 20Ixx 20Ux 20Ex1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
20(P/S) 20Ixx n/a 20UE12x FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
20(LP/LPC) 20ILFS65230 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
20(P/S) 20Ixx 20U3 20Ex1 PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP
20(P/S) 20Ixx n/a 20UE13x PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP
20(LP/LPC) 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP
20(LP/LPC) 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP

OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE

20P 20IC2F n/a 20Ex4 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP

LOAD SENSE PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE

20LP 20ILFS65370 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
20LP 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP
20LP 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP

LOAD SENSE PRESSURE COMPENSATED

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE
20LPC 20ILFS65370 n/a 20LEx3 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
20LPC 20Ixx 20U3 20LExx LOAD SENSE PUMP
20LPC 20Ixx n/a 20UE18x LOAD SENSE PUMP

CATV 27-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V27
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SERIES 20 PRESET RELIEF CARTRIDGES

PRESET 20IR - OX - X X X X PRESET WORK 20PR - OX - X X X X

INLET Setting in PSI - Leave PORT RELIEF Setting in PSI - Leave
RELIEF CARTRIDGE Blank for Standard CARTRIDGE Blank for Standard
CARTRIDGE CODE / STYLE STD SETTING CARTRIDGE CODE / STYLE STD SETTING
B - SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM
B - SHIM ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM
C - SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM
C - SHIM ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM
D - SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM
D - SHIM ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM
E - SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM
E - SHIM ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM
F - SCREW ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM
F - SCREW ADJ 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 10 GPM
G - SCREW ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM
G - SCREW ADJ 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 10 GPM
H - SCREW ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM
H - SCREW ADJ 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 10 GPM
J - SCREW ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM
J - SCREW ADJ 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 10 GPM
L - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM
K - SCREW ADJ 3001-3500 PSI 3250 PSI @ 10 GPM
M - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM
N - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM
R - ANTI-CAV/SHIM RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM
S - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 500-1350 PSI 1350 PSI @ 3 GPM
T - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 1351-1750 PSI 1750 PSI @ 3 GPM
W - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 1751-2200 PSI 2200 PSI @ 3 GPM
Y - ANTI-CAV/SCREW RELIEF 2201-3000 PSI 2500 PSI @ 3 GPM
VALVES

CATV 28-10-18-01
V28 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 19 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 Directional Control Valves

SECTIONAL BODY

VALVES
Model SV
STANDARD FEATURES
• 1-10 Sections Per Valve Bank • Differential Poppet Style Relief, Adjustable
• Load Checks On Each Section from 1500 to 3000 psi (Also available in Low Pressure
• Hard Chrome Plated Spools Version Adjustable from 500 to 1500 psi)
• Compact Construction • Power Beyond Capability
• Enhanced Metering Section Available in • Reversible Handle
both the High and Low Sections • Mid-Inlet and Lock Valve Section available
• Flow Control Inlet

SPECIFICATIONS
Parallel or Series Circuit Construction Foot Mounting
Pressure Rating Maximum Operating Temp............................180°F
Maximum Operating Pressure......... 3000 psi Weight Per Section
Maximum Tank Pressure................... 500 psi Inlet Section..................................... Approx 3.75 Ibs
Nominal Flow Rating ............................12 GPM Outlet Section................................. Approx 3.75 Ibs.
Refer to Pressure Drop Curves. Work Section (Standard)................ Approx 5.50 Ibs.
Filtration: For general purpose valves, fluid Work Section (High) ....................... Approx 8.00 Ibs.
cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 19/17/14
level. For extended life or for pilot operated valves,
the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness level is recommended.
CATV 29-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V29
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 ORDERING INFORMATION:
The following is a listing of valve sections available from stock on a standard basis.
STANDARD SECTIONS AVAILABLE:
INLET SECTIONS ALL HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE INLET PORTS
PART NO. RELIEF TYPE AND SETTING PORT SIZE
SVI21 No Relief #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVI24 Adjustable Low Pressure Relief Set at 1000 PSI #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVI15 Adjustable High Pressure Relief Set At 2000 PSI #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD)
SVI25 Adjustable High Pressure Relief Set at 2000 PSI #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
WORK SECTIONS ALL HAVE #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) PORTS, LOAD CHECK AND STANDARD LEVER HANDLE
PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION
SVW1AA1 3-Way Single Acting w/ Spring Center
SVW1BA1 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral)
SVW1BB1 4-Way Double Acting w/ 3 Position Detent (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral)
SVW1CA1 4-Way Motor Spool w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Open to Tank in Neutral)
SVW1CB1 4-Way Motor Spool w/ 3 Position Detent (Work Ports Open to Tank in Neutral)
SVW1DD1 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent
SVL1CA1 4-Way Spool w/ Spring Center (with Pilot Operated Checks on Both Work Ports)
SVM1ES1 4-Way Meter Spool w/ Spring Center (Work Ports Blocked in Neutral)
PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS ALL HAVE #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) PORTS, LOAD CHECK AND STANDARD LEVER
HANDLE. MODELS WITH RELIEF FACTORY SET AT 2000 PSI AT 3 GPM.
PART NO. SPOOL TYPE AND ACTION PORT RELIEFS
SVH1BA1AA 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center Port Relief Plugged
SVH1BA1GG 4-Way Double Acting w/ Spring Center Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI
SVH1DD1AA 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent Port Relief Plugged
SVH1DD1BB 4-Way 4 Position Float w/ Spring Center and Float Detent Shim Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI
SVR1ES1AA 4-Way Meter Spool w/ Spring Center Port Relief Plugged
SVR1ES1GG 4-Way Meter Spool w/ Spring Center Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI
SVS1GA1GG 4-Way Double Acting Series w/ Spring Center Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI
SVS1GA1AA 4-Way Double Acting Series w/ Spring Center Port Relief Plugged
OUTLET SECTIONS ALL HAVE BOTH TOP AND SIDE OUTLET PORTS
PART NO. EXHAUST OPTIONS PORT SIZE
SVE11 Open Center Outlet w/ Conversion Plug #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD)
VALVES

SVE21 Open Center Outlet w/ Conversion Plug #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVE22 Power Beyond Outlet w/ #8 SAE Power Beyond Port #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVE23 Closed Center Outlet #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVE26 Open Center Outlet Pressure Build-up Valve #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
SVE27 Power Beyond Pressure Build-up Valve #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD)
TIE ROD KITS PART NO. PART NO.
TIE ROD TORQUE 660401001 1 Section* 660401006 6 Sections*
150in-lbs ± 6in-lbs 660401002 2 Sections* 660401007 7 Sections*
660401003 3 Sections* 660401008 8 Sections*
(12 1/2 ft-lbs ±1/2)
660401004 4 Sections* 660401009 9 Sections*
660401005 5 Sections* 660401010 10 Sections*
*Number of Work Sections

SPECIAL INLET AND OUTLET SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Sections other than standard models listed can be
made to order. Use order code Matrix below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales
Representative with your specific requirements and a model number will be assigned for you. This model number can be used for future
orders. A minimum order quantity will apply to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative.

INLET SECTIONS All inlet sections have OUTLET SECTION All outlet sections have
top and side inlets. SVEXX top and side outlets.
SVIXX-XXXX
EXHAUST OPTION
RELIEF SETTING (in PSI) PORT SIZE 1. Std. Open Center Outlet w/Conversion Plug
PORT SIZE 2. Power Beyond Outlet w/#8 SAE Beyond Port
RELIEF OPTION 1. #8 SAE ORB
3. Closed Center Outlet 0
1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 1. No Relief Plug (3/4-16 THD)
2. #10 SAE ORB (7/8-14 THD) 2. #10 SAE ORB 6 Open Center Outlet Pressure Build-up
4. Adj. Low Pressure 500-1500 PSI
(7/8-14 THD) 7. Power Beyond Pressure Build-up
5. Adj. High Pressure 1500-3000 PSI
#8 SAE Beyond Port
6. Plastic Plug in relief cavity.
8. Medium Pressure Build-up (For Low
Use only when cartridge is to be
Flow Applications)
installed at a later date. 0
Often used with
9. Medium Pressure Build-up Power Beyond
no relief. Review #8 SAE Beyond Port (For Low Flow
application Applications)

VALVE ASSEMBLIES
The Model SV sectional body directional control valve can be ordered as separate sections or as a complete factory tested assembly. This will need
to be specified with each order. An assembly number will be assigned at the time of the order. This assembly number can then be used for future
orders.
ASSEMBLY MODEL NUMBER SVA-XXXX
XXXX = Sequence of Numbers. This number will be assigned to final valve to be assembled and tested at the factory. Each new order or quote will
be assigned a new assembly model number. Please use quotation sheet at the end of SV section.

CATV 30-10-18-01
V30 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 14 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SPECIAL WORK SECTIONS AVAILABLE: Work Sections other than standard models listed can be made to order. Use
order code Matrix below to generate a model number that meets your
requirements. If you prefer, contact your Sales Representative with your
specific requirements and a model number will be assigned for you. This
model number can be used for future orders. A minimum order quantity will
apply to special valves. Please consult Sales Representative.

WORK SECTIONS SVXXXXX

SECTION TYPE HANDLE OPTION
W-Std. Work Section 1. Standard Lever Handle
M-Metering Work Section2 2. Less Handle Only
L-Work Section with Double P.O. Checks1 3. Less Complete Handle Assembly
F-Fine Metering3 4. Adjustable Handle
PORT SIZE 5. Tang Spool End Only
1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) 6. Clevis Spool End Only
2. #6 SAE ORB (9/16-18 THD) 7. Vertical Handle
8. Straight Handle
SPOOL TYPE 9. Blank for Optional Joystick Handle
A-3-Way 3-Position 11. Enclosed Handle
B-4-Way 3-Position 12. Extended Enclosed Handle
C-4-Way 3 Position Motor 13. Locking Handle
D-4-Way 4 Position Float
E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) SPOOL ACTION
F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) A-Spring Center (SVW & SVL only)
J-4-Way 3 Position Fine Metering (SVF only)
B-3 Position Detent
K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW)
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor (SVM) C-Friction Detent
1. Lock Valve Section available only with Spool Option C. D-Spring Center w/Float Detent (SVW only)
2. Metering Section available only with Spool Options E, F, or M. E-Light Spring Center
3. Fine Metering available only with Spool Options J. F-2 Position Detent Neutral and Out (No IN Position)
G-2 Position (Center and Spool Out) - Spring Loaded
PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS to Spool Out (Pressure to B Port) Position
H-2 Position (Center and Spool ln)-Spring Loaded
SVXXXXXXX to Spool In (Pressure to A Port) Position
SECTION TYPE J-S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 2-Position (MicroSwitch not provided)
H-Port Relief Section K-S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 1-Position (MicroSwitch not provided)
R-Port Relief Metering Section2 (activates on spool out only)
S-Series Circuit Port Relief Section M-Spring Center Detent In
G-Port Relief Fine Metering Section3 N-Spring Center Detent Out
PORT SIZE R-Spring Center Pneumatic Actuator

VALVES
1.#8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD) S-Spring Center (SVM & SVF)
2.#6 SAE ORB (9/16-18 THD)
PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
SPOOL TYPE A-Relief Cavity Plugged
A-3-Way 3-Position
B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
B-4-Way 3-Position
C-4-Way 3 Position Motor C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
D-4-Way 4 Position Float D-Anti-Cavitation Check
E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) E-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check
F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) 1000-2500 PSI***
G-4-Way 3 Position Series (SVS only) F-Non-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation
H-4-Way 3 Position Motor Series (SVS only) Check 1000-2500 PSI***
J-4-Way 3 Position Fine Metering (SVG only) G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH) H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor (SVR)
SPOOL ACTION PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
A-Spring Center (SVH & SVS only) A-Relief Cavity Plugged
B- 3 Position Detent B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
C-Friction Detent C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
D- Spring Center w/ Float Detent (SVH only) D-Anti-Cavitation Check
E-Light Spring Center **E-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Check
F-2 Position Detent Neutral and Out (No In Position) 1000-2500 PSI***
G-2 Position Neutral and Out Spring Offset to Out
H-2 Position Neutral and In Spring Offset to In F-Non-Adjustable Combination Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation
J-S/C with Micro Switch Bracket 2-Position* Check 1000-2500 PSI***
K-S/C with MicroSwitch Bracket 1-Position* **G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
M-Spring Center Detent In **H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
N-Spring Center Detent Out ** Cannot be used on work sections with float option due to
R-Spring Center Pneumatic Actuator interference with handle.
S-Spring Center (SVR & SVG)
*** Do not use in applications that require low work port leakage.
*MicroSwitch not provided Max allowable leakage 5 in3/min @1000 psi.
HANDLE OPTION For Work Port Relief Settings Other Than Standard
1. Standard Lever Handle SVH1BA1GG-18-25
2. Less Handle Only B PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
3. Less Complete Handle Assembly
4. Adjustable Handle EXAMPLE: 25=2500 PSI at 3 GPM
5. Tang Spool End Only All Port Reliefs set at 3 GPM
6. Clevis Spool End Only
7. Vertical Handle A PORT RELIEF PRESSURE IN HUNDREDS
9. Blank for Optional Joystick Handle EXAMPLE: 18=1800 PSI at 3 GPM
12. Extended Enclosed Handle All Port Reliefs set at 3 GPM

CUSTOM SECTION: For OEM application custom sections can often be designed to meet your specifications. Special handles, spool, and
spool actions are often easily made because of the SV valve’s flexible design. Consult your sales representative with your specifications.
CATV 31-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V31
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 15 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 FIELD CONVERSION KITS, REPAIR KITS AND RELIEF CARTRIDGES
SPOOL ATTACHMENT KITS 660180033 Bent Joystick Handle Kit Relief/Anti-Cav Check 1000-2500 PSI
660180001 Spring Center Kit (except SVM) 660180017 Straight Joystick Handle Kit 660280005 Anti-Cavitation Check
660180002 3 Position Detent Kit 660180018 Offset Joystick Handle Kit 660280009 Adj. Port Relief 1500-3000 PSI
660180003 Friction Detent Kit 671300011 Rubber Boot for Joystick Handles** 660280011 Adj. Port Relief 500-1500 PSI
660180051 Float Detent Kit SEAL KITS 672000101 .015 SHIM
660180036 Spring Center Detent In 660580001 SVW/SVM Replacement Seal Kit 672000102 .033 SHIM
660180037 Spring Center Detent Out 660580002 Inlet Seal Kit 672000103 .060 SHIM
660180015 S/C w/Micro-Switch, 2 Position* 660580003 Outlet Seal Kit 660180215 Shim Assortment
660180016 S/C w/Micro-Switch, 1 Position* 660580004 Between Section Seal Kit INLET RELIEFS
HANDLE KITS 660580010 SVH/SVR Replacement Seal Kit 660250006 Inlet Relief Plug
660180011 Std. Handle Kit 660580009 SVL Replacement Seal Kit 660250003 Adj. Low Pressure Inlet Relief
660180032 Clevis Sub-Assy 660580011 SVS Replacement Seal Kit 660250002 Adj. High Pressure Inlet Relief
660180005 Complete Handle Kit PORT RELIEFS OUTLET CARTRIDGES
660180031 Pin Kit 660280004 Port Relief Plug 200400030 Open Center Plug
660180026 Vertical Handle Kit 660280003 Shim Adj. Port Relief 1500-3000 PSI 660280001 #8 SAE Power Beyond Cart.
660180028 Straight Handle Kit 660280010 Shim Adj. Port Relief 500-1500 PSI 660280002 Closed Center Plug
660180007 Complete Adjustable Handle Kit 660280012 Adj. Combination Port 660280018 Open Center Build-Up Cart.
660180006 Adjustable Handle Kit Relief/Anti-Cav Check 1000-2500 PSI 660280019 Power Beyond Build-Up Cart.
660180055 Joystick Handle Kit Less Handle 660280008 Shim Adj. Combination Port
660180234 Locking Handle Kit
MISC. KITS
** Boot is to be ordered in addition to joystick 660180052 Load Check Kit
*Bracket only, Micro-Switch is not provided. handle kits

PERFORMANCE CURVES

PRESSURE DROP P TO T 120 SUS OIL AT 100˚F RELIEF VALVE CURVES

NO. OF WORK SECTIONS

250 6 3000
PRESSURE DROP PSI

PRESSURE (PSI)
200 5 2500

150 4 2000
3
100 2 1500
VALVES

50 1 1000

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
FLOW GPM FLOW GPM

PRESSURE DROP P TO A OR B PRESSURE DROP A OR B TO T

6
PRESSURE DROP PSI

PRESSURE DROP PSI

NO. OF WORK SECTIONS

NO. OF WORK SECTIONS

100 1 100 6
75 75 4
2
50 50

25 25

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
FLOW GPM FLOW GPM

SVS SERIES SECTION TEST DATA

OPEN CENTER PRESSURE DROP P TO T OPEN CENTER PRESSURE DROP P-A-B-T

150 300
6
125 6 250
3
NO. OF WORK SECTIONS

NO. OF WORK SECTIONS

PRESSURE DROP PSI

PRESSURE DROP PSI

100 200 1
75 3 150
50 1 100
25 50

4 6 8 10 12 14 16 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
FLOW GPM 120 SUS OIL AT 100˚F FLOW GPM

CATV 32-10-18-01
V32 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 DIMENSIONAL DATA
B WORK PORT WORK SECTIONS
A WORK PORT .25 TYP OUTLET COVER
B WORK PORT
B WORK PORT A WORK PORT
A WORK PORT .25 .25
TYPTYP
A WORK PORT 1.50
B WORK PORT .25 TYP .75
1.501.50
1.09 .75 .75 1.50
PART NUMBER WILL 2.18 1.67 1.09 TOP OUTLET .75
1.091.09 CONVERSION PLUG
BE STAMPED IN THIS
1.091.09
PART
LOCATION
BE BE
NUMBER
TYPICAL
PART NUMBER
STAMPED
STAMPED
PART
WILL
WILL
IN THIS
IN THIS
NUMBER WILL
2.182.18 1.091.671.67
SPOOL
2.18 TRAVEL 1.67
SVW CONVERSION
PART NUMBER
WILL BE STAMPED
PLUG 1.94
PLUG
CONVERSION 1.09
TOPTOP
SIDE OUTLET
OUTLET
OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
CONVERSION PLUG
LOCATION
LOCATIONTYPICAL
TYPICAL
BE STAMPED IN THIS .250 TO WORK TYP.
SPOOL TRAVEL
.468 TO FLOAT TYP. TRAVEL
SPOOL SVW
SVW 1.44 PART NUMBER
IN THIS LOCATION
PART NUMBER 1.941.94 SIDE OUTLET
SIDE OUTLET
LOCATION TYPICAL
FLOAT OPTION
.250.250 SPOOL
TO TO
WORK TRAVEL
TYP.
WORK TYP. SVW .72
1.441.44
WILL BE BE
WILL
IN THIS
STAMPED
STAMPED
PART NUMBER
LOCATION
IN WILL
THIS LOCATION
BE STAMPED
1.94 SIDE OUTLET
FLOAT OPTION .250 TO WORK
FLOAT OPTION .468.468
TO TO
FLOAT TYP.
FLOAT TYP. TYP. 1.25 .72 .72 1.44 IN THIS LOCATION 3.25
FLOAT OPTION .468 TO FLOAT TYP. .72
SVEXX 2.00 3.253.25
2.91 1.251.25 3.25
1.25 SVEXX
SVEXX 2.00
2.00
2.912.91 SVEXX 2.00
1.55 2.91

1.551.55
1.50 5.34 1.75
1.55
1.501.50 5.345.34 1.751.75
INLET COVER
1.50 1.63 1.88
5.34 SVH/SVR/ .721.44
1.75
1.631.63 1.881.88 SVH/SVR/
SVG SVH/SVR/ .721.441.44 1.50
1.63 1.88
SVGSVH/SVR/ .72 1.44 .75
SVG 3.00 .72 1.501.50
.75
SVG TOP INLET
.75
1.50
.75 1.09
SIDE INLET

4.66 3.003.00 SIDE

PART INLET
NUMBER
SIDE INLETWILL BE
3.00 TOPTOP
INLET
INLET 1.091.09 STAMPED IN THIS
SIDE INLETLOCATION
4.664.66 TOP INLET 1.09 PART
PARTNUMBER
NUMBERWILL BE BE
WILL
4.66 STAMPEDPARTINNUMBER
STAMPED THIS LOCATION
IN THIS LOCATION
WILL BE
STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
3.25
2.00
3.251.75
3.25 SVIXX
1.50 5.34 1.75 3.25
2.002.00
1.751.75
2.00 2.52
SVIXXSVIXX
1.501.50 5.345.34 1.751.75 1.44 .31 SVIXX 4.32
1.50 3.56 5.34.88 1.75 .72 1.75 2.522.52

VALVES
3.563.56 .88 .88 SVL 1.441.44 .31 .31 4.324.32
2.52
.72 .72 1.44 .31 4.32
3.56 .88 SVL
SVL .72
SVL
3.00 BOTTOM VIEW OF MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
4.66 3.003.00
3.00 3/8-16UNC THD
4.664.66 .81 3.88 3 PLACES
4.66 3/8-16UNC THDTHD
3/8-16UNC
.81 .81 3.883.88 3 PLACES
3 PLACES
3/8-16UNC THD
.81 3.88 .78 3 PLACES
.78 .78
1.50 5.34 1.75 1.44
.78
1.501.50 5.345.34 1.751.75 1.44 1.441.44
1.50 1.63 1.88
5.34 1.75 1.44
.72 SEE
1.631.63 1.881.88 SVS 1.441.44
SEE CHART
.72 .72 1.44 COLUMNSEE
A SEE
1.63 1.88 SVS
SVS .72
CHART
COLUMNSEE
B SEE CHART
CHART
SEE
SVS
3.00 CHART
CHART
SEE
COLUMN A A
COLUMN
CHART
COLUMN B B
COLUMN
CHART COLUMN A
4.66 3.003.00 COLUMN B
3.00
4.664.66
4.66

.78
1.50 5.34 1.75 .78 .78
SPOOL TRAVEL .78
1.501.50 5.345.34 1.751.75
1.50
.281 TO WORK TYP.
5.34 SPOOL
SPOOLTRAVEL
TRAVEL 1.75 SVM/SVF Number of Work Sections “A” “B*”
2.50 1.50 TO WORK
.281.281 TOSPOOL
WORK TYP.
TRAVEL
TYP. SVM/SVF
SVM/SVF
1.44
1 2.875 5.875
1.22
2.502.50 .281
1.50 TO
1.50 WORK TYP. SVM/SVF
.72
1.441.44 2 4.312 7.312
2.50
1.221.22 1.50 .72 .72 1.44
1.22 1.40 3 5.750 8.750
.72
4 7.187 10.187
3.06 1.401.40 5 8.625 11.625
1.40
3.063.06 6 10.062 13.062
3.06 7 11.500 14.500
1.50 5.34 1.75 8 12.937 15.937
1.501.50 5.345.34 1.751.75 9 14.375 17.375
1.50 5.34 1.75 10 15.812 18.812
*With #10 plug in inlet & power beyond in outlet.
CATV 33-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V33
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 TYPICAL STACK DIMENSIONAL DATA
12.50
7.44 12.50 5.58
7.44 5.58
2.00 SVEXX
2.00
2.00 SVEXX
2.00

C-590
C-590

9.30
2.60 9.30
1.95 2.60 1.75
1.95 8.59 1.75
8.59 POWER BEYOND PORT
POWER
3.71 BEYOND PORT
3.71
SIDE OUTLET
SIDE OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
SVE
1.47
SVE
1.47
SVL
1.44 SVL
THE ROD TORQUE 1.44
SVH\SVS
150 in-lbs +6 in - lbs 1.44
SVH\SVS
(12 1/2 ft - lbs +1/2 1.44
SVM
SVM
SVW
SVW
-S12L
-S12L
-T12Q
1.47 -T12Q
1.47
SVI
SVI
VALVES

3.86
3.86
3.88
3.06 3.88
3.06
7.66
7.66

5.88
5.88
5.00
5.00
C-635 SVIXX
C-635 SVIXX

ENCLOSED HANDLE, OPTIONS 11 AND 12

Durable die cast metal housing. Weather and oil resistant rubber boot. Reversible handle can be mounted in either a
vertical or horizontal position. The extended handle option provides the necessary clearance for work port relief and
lock cartridges. The extended handle option can also be used on the SVW and SVM, work sections when it is desired
to keep handles aligned in an assembly with both low and high sections.
660180149 = Option 11, enclosed handle kit 23°
660180151 = Option 12, extended enclosed 23°
handle kit 12°
660180150 = handle kit for enclosed 12°
handle options (handle, knob, Float position
hex nut) Float position
Alternate parallel handle position
(handle kit is not included 12.03 Alternate parallel handle position
in the Option 11 12.03 10.21 PORT RELIEF SECTION
10.21 PORT RELIEF SECTION
or 12 kits above) 8.73 STANDARD SECTION
8.73 STANDARD SECTION

SVIXX SVIXX
SVIXX SVIXX

Handle option 11 (SVW & SVM) Handle option 12 (SVH, SVL, SVS & SVR)
Handle option 11 (SVW & SVM) Handle option 12 (SVH, SVL, SVS & SVR)
CATV 34-10-18-01
V34 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 PARALLEL CIRCUIT SVW, SVM, SVF, SVH, SVR, SVG AND SVL WORK SECTIONS
Parallel circuit sections are by far the most common. The SVW, SVM, SVF, OPEN CENTER PASSAGE
OPENCENTER
OPEN CENTERPASSAGE
PASSAGE
SVH, SVR, SVG and SVL are all of parallel circuit construction. They can be
LOAD CHECK
combined together in any order in an assembly. When any one of the spools LOADCHECK
LOAD CHECK
PARALLEL CIRCUIT CORE
is shifted, it blocks off the open center passage through the valve. The oil PARALLELCIRCUIT
PARALLEL CIRCUITCORE
CORE
then flows into the parallel circuit core making oil available to all spools. If BB BB BB
more than one spool is fully shifted, the oil will go to the spool with the lowest
pressure requirements. However, it is possible to meter the flow to the spool
with the least load and provide flow to two unequal loads.
ENHANCED METERING SECTIONS
The SVM, SVF, SVR and SVG sections have metering notches machined PP
into the spool to allow for better “feathering” of a load. The spool travel for
these sections is also a little longer at .281” vs. .250” for the standard sections.
In addition to the metering notches in the spool, the lands in the SVF and
SVG bodies have been machined to give more precise control over the flow.
The metering notches in the SVF and SVG have been optimized for flows of TT
10 gpm or less. For enhanced metering on higher flows, it is recommended AA AA AA
that the SVM or SVR be used. CONVERSION PLUG
CONVERSIONPLUG
CONVERSION PLUG

LOCK SECTIONS
The SVL section combines both a 4-way directional valve and a double pilot operated check valve. This provides very
low leakage when the spool is in neutral. When the spool is shifted, oil is directed through a work port check to the
cylinder. Pressure on the work port applies pressure to the shuttle spool, opening the opposite check valve and allowing
oil to return into the valve. Depending on load pressures, the metering of the spool may be affected. In some cases a
one way restrictor in a work port may be beneficial. Cracking pressure on the standard SVL section is 40psi. Higher
pressure cartridges are available.

SERIES CIRCUIT SVS WORK SECTIONS

A series circuit valve is most commonly used to control more than one TANK RETURN TANK RETURN
TANKRETURN
TANK RETURN TANKRETURN
TANK RETURN
hydraulic component simultaneously. The entire circuit flow is available
to each valve section that is actuated. In a two spool series valve with
both spools actuated, the oil flows from the inlet to the work port of the

VALVES
first section. The return flow of the first section is directed to the open
center core of the second section. (In a parallel valve the return oil
from the work port is directed to the tank core.) From the open center PORT
PORTBB
PORT B PORT
PORTBB
PORT B
core of the second section, the oil flows to the work port with the return PORT
PORTAA
PORT A PORT
PORTAA
PORT A
oil going to the outlet. In a series circuit valve, the summation of the
pressures required for each work section will equal the total pressure
required for the circuit. The total pressure required must not exceed
the system relief setting or the pump pressure rating. It is not required
to have a SV Series section as the last section, unless series flow is
required to a downstream valve. In this application, a power beyond SERIES SECTION
SERIESSECTION
SERIES SECTION SERIES SECTION
SERIESSECTION
SERIES SECTION
plug must be used in the outlet section.
COMBINED SERIES / PARALLEL CIRCUITS
The SV Series circuit valve sections may be stacked with SV parallel circuit valve sections. This allows both series and
parallel control in the same valve assembly.
In the valve assembly shown below, the first, third and fourth sections are parallel. The second section is series. The
first parallel section has priority over all downstream valves. When the spool of the first parallel section is actuated, the
return oil from the work port is directed to the tank core, thus oil flow to downstream sections is cut off. The second and
third sections are in series with each other as is the second and fourth sections. The third and fourth sections are in
parallel with each other.
SERIES MOTOR SPOOL
The SV Series Motor Spool provides control of reversible TANK
TANK RETURN
TANKRETURN
RETURN TANK RETURN
TANKRETURN
TANK RETURN TANK RETURN
TANKRETURN
TANK RETURN TANK RETURN
TANKRETURN
TANK RETURN
hydraulic motors. Both work ports are connected to the
open center core in the neutral position. It should be
noted that in the neutral position, the work ports will be
equally pressurized to the same pressure that is required
of any downstream valve sections and that a work port PORT
PORTBB
PORT B PORT
PORTBB
PORT B PORT
PORTBB
PORT B PORT
PORTBB
PORT B
relief in the section will also limit the pressure of any PORT
PORTAA
PORT A PORT
PORTAA
PORT A PORT
PORTAA
PORT A
PORT
PORTAA
other sections in the valve. The series motor spool should PORT A
not be used to control a hydraulic cylinder as unwanted
cylinder drift may occur in the neutral position.
CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS
The SV Series Circuit Valve sections cannot be used in PARALLEL SECTION
PARALLELSECTION
PARALLEL SERIES
SECTION SERIES SECTION
SERIESSECTION PARALLEL
SECTION PARALLEL SECTION
PARALLELSECTION PARALLEL
SECTION PARALLEL SECTION
PARALLELSECTION
SECTION
a closed center valve assembly.
CATV 35-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V35
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 WORK SECTIONS

SPOOL ATTACHMENT
SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTIONOPTION
B B
3 POSITION
3 POSITION DETENTDETENT
(KIT NO.(KIT NO. 660180002),
660180002), B WORKBPORT
WORK PORT A WORKAPORT
WORK PORT
1 POSITION
1 POSITION DETENTDETENT
OPTIONOPTION C (660180003)
C (660180003) OPTIONOPTION
B B
DOUBLEDOUBLE
ACTINGACTING
WORK WORK
SVW SVW PORTS PORTS BLOCKED
BLOCKED IN IN
670300025
670300025 NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
670700035
670700035

230009009
230009009
4 WAY 34POSITION
WAY 3 POSITION
670700034
670700034 OPTIONOPTION
B B
670700033
670700033 OPTIONOPTION
C C
TANK CORE
TANK CORE A LOAD ACHECK
LOAD CHECK IS STANDARD
IS STANDARD ONWORK
ON EACH EACHSECTION
WORK SECTION
PARALLEL
PARALLEL POWERPOWER
CORE CORE

SHUTTLE
SHUTTLE SPOOL SPOOL LOCK VALVE
LOCK VALVE
SPOOL ATTACHMENT
SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTIONOPTION
A A CARTRIDGE
CARTRIDGE
SPRINGSPRING
CENTERCENTER
(KIT NO.(KIT NO. 660180001)
660180001)

671400033
671400033 OPTIONOPTION
C C
DOUBLEDOUBLE
ACTINGACTING
WORK WORK
671400037
671400037 PORTS PORTS
OPEN INOPEN IN NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL
671400036
671400036 SVL SVL
671900010
671900010

4 WAY 34POSITION
WAY 3 POSITION
MOTORMOTOR
670300030
670300030
VALVES

170003008
170003008
670500044 OPEN CENTER
OPEN CENTER CORES CORES
670500044

POWERPOWER
CORES CORES LOAD CHECK
LOAD CHECK

ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE ANTI-CAVITATION
ANTI-CAVITATION
DIRECTDIRECT
ACTINGACTING
RELIEF RELIEF
OPTIONOPTION
'G' 'G' CHECK CHECK
OPTIONOPTION
'D' 'D'
ADJUSTABLE
ADJUSTABLE HANDLEHANDLE
SPOOL ATTACHMENT
SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTION D OPTION D OPTIONOPTION
4 4
SPRINGSPRING
CENTERCENTER
W/FLOATW/FLOAT
DETENTDETENT
(KIT NO.(KIT NO. 660180051)
660180051)
670700037
670700037
670500048
670500048
670100009
670100009
230009009
230009009 SVH SVH

670700036
670700036 OPTIONOPTION
D D
4 WAY DOUBLE
4 WAY DOUBLE ACTINGACTING
170003027
170003027 WITH 4thWITH 4th POSITION
POSITION FLOAT FLOAT

670500043
670500043
670300032
670300032
670300031
670300031
671200007
671200007
SV WORK PORT RELIEF*
SV WORK PORT RELIEFS, OPTION B, C, G, & PR PR - -O O - -
H CAN BE ORDERED PRETESTED. USE
ORDER CODE AT RIGHT MODELMODEL
NUMBERNUMBER PORT SIZE RELIEFRELIEF
PORT SIZE TYPE TYPE PRESSURE
PRESSURE SETTING
SETTING
0 0 H- ADJUSTABLE SPECIFYSPECIFY
H- ADJUSTABLE RELIEF RELIEF
CARTRIDGE 1500-3000
CARTRIDGE 1500-3000
PSI PSI PRESSURE.
PRESSURE.
ONLY ONLY L- ADJUSTABLE
L- ADJUSTABLE LEAVE BLANKLEAVE FOR
BLANK FOR
PSI STANDARDSTANDARD
SETTINGS. SETTINGS.
500-1500500-1500
PSI
NH- NON-ADJUSTABLE
NH- NON-ADJUSTABLE
1500-3000
1500-3000 PSI PSISTANDARDSTANDARD
SETTING: SETTING:
NL - NON-ADJUSTABLE 2000 PSI2000
for HPSI
andforNH
H and NH
NL- NON-ADJUSTABLE
* Also used as standard main relief only models 500-1500500-1500
PSI PSI 1000 PSI1000
for LPSI
andfor
NLL and NL
and RD4100 models.
CATV 36-10-18-01
V36 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 17 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV INLET RELIEF OPTIONS
TOP
TOP INLET
INLET OPTION 1 NO RELIEF
TOP INLET This option provides no built in relief. This is used when a relief is
provided elsewhere in the system or in a closed center application.
This plug can be replaced with a relief cartridge at a later date.
OPTION 4 LOW PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF
This option provides for a differential poppet relief adjustable from
500-1500 PSI. Set at 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM.
OPTION 5 HIGH PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE RELIEF
SVIXX
SVIXX
SVIXX This option provides for a differential poppet relief adjustable from
1500-3000 PSI. Set at 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM. The differential poppet
relief provides smooth quiet operation with high cracking pressure.
SIDE
SIDE INLET
INLET
SIDE INLET RELIEF CARTRIDGES CAN BE ORDERED PRETESTED SEE RV-
OX RELIEF, PAGE V68.

SV OUTLET COVER OPTIONS

TOP
TOP OUTLET
OUTLET
TOP OUTLET
POWER
POWER BEYOND
BEYOND PORT
PORT OPTION 3 CLOSED CENTER OUTLET
POWER BEYOND PORT This option provides for closed center operation. This is typically
SIDE
SIDE OUTLET
OUTLET
SIDE OUTLET used with a variable displacement pressure compensated pump
or in a system with an unloading valve. When the spools are
in neutral the inlet port is blocked. Closed center can also be
"CC"
"CC" STAMPED
STAMPED
"CC" STAMPED
ONON END
END OFOF accomplished by plugging the power beyond port of option 2.
CLOSED
CLOSED ON END
CENTER
CENTER OF
PLUG
PLUG
SVEXX
SVEXX
CLOSED CENTER PLUG
SVEXX
PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide
for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very
small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral.
OPTION 1 STANDARD OPEN CENTER
OUTLET WITH CONVERSION PLUG This is 1.38
1.38
1.38
OPTION 6 OPEN CENTER OUTLET PRESSURE BUILD-UP
the standard outlet option. This option allows VALVE FOR SOLENOID OPTION
for conversion in the field for power beyond This option directs oil from open center core thru pressure build-
or closed center applications. When spools up valve and then to tank. See solenoid section for description
are in neutral the inlet is unloaded to tank. of operation.

VALVES
1.00
1.00
OPTION 2 POWER BEYOND OUTLET
1.00 WITH #8 SAE BEYOND PORT OPTION 7 POWER BEYOND PRESSURE BUILD-UP VALVE
2.00
2.00
This option provides for a high pressure 2.00 FOR SOLENOID OPTION
power beyond port. This would be used if a This option directs oil from inlet thru pressure build-up valve and
valve is to be added down stream. THE OUT- then downstream. This pressure build-up valve provides a #8
LET PORT MUST STILL BE CONNECTED SAE power beyond port. The outlet must be connected to tank.
TO TANK. When spools are in neutral the
inlet is connected to the power beyond port.

SV MID-INLET SECTION
IN IN

MIDMID INLET
INLET PORT
PORT POWER
POWER CORE
CORE BLOCKING
BLOCKING
MID INLET PORT POWER
PLATE
PLATE CORE BLOCKING
INSTALLS
INSTALLS IN IN
MIDMID INLET
INLET RELIEF
RELIEF PLATE
POWER
POWER INSTALLS
CORE
CORE IN
BETWEEN
BETWEEN
MID INLET RELIEF POWER CORE BETWEEN
MID
MID INLET
INLET & UPSTREAM
& UPSTREAM
MID INLET
SECTION.
SECTION. & UPSTREAM
SECTION. SVIM1S5 SVIM1C5
(*–POWER CORE BLOCKING PLATE)
SVIM 1 X X - X X X X
Last Four Digits Specify
A Non-Standard Relief Pressure.
When blank, refer to standard setting
1-No Relief
2-SHIM Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Std. Setting 1000 PSI @ 10GPM
3-SHIM Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Std. Setting 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM
4-Adjustable 500-1500 PSI Std. Setting 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM
5-Adjustable 1500-3000 PSI Std. Setting 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM

SPACER
C-Combined Flow Mid-Inlet
SPACER
SPACER S-Split Flow Mid-Inlet (not available after a series section)
SPLIT
SPLIT MID-INLET
MID-INLET SHOWN
SHOWN CAN
CAN BEBE CONVERTED
CONVERTED TOTO COMBINED
COMBINED See Section View at left. Note
SPLIT MID-INLET
MID-INLET
MID-INLET BYBY SHOWN
MOVING
MOVING CAN BE
SPACER
SPACER CONVERTED
TOTO OPPOSITE
OPPOSITE TO
END
END COMBINED Location of Spacer, Part Number 671200035
MID-INLET BY MOVING SPACER TO OPPOSITE END
1. Port Size #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 THD)
DESCRIPTION:
A Mid-Inlet provides an inlet port for a second pump mid stream in the valve stack. A relief can be provided in this section. With the combined flow the
flow from both pumps is available to the downstream sections when all the work sections upstream are in neutral. The split flow completely separates
the two pump flows. The common tank passage is all that is shared between the two pump flows. Note: Split flow mid inlet is not available when used
after a series section and the core block plate is not used after a series section.

CATV 37-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V37
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 15 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV FLOW CONTROL INLET SECTION
SVIFXXXXXX The SVIF Flow Control Inlet is
interchangeable with the standard SV
PORT SIZE SOLENOID OPTION inlet section.
1- Side and End Inlet #10 SAE ORB Omit for Flow Control Option M
2- Side and End Inlet #10 SAE 12Q-12VDC Double Spade Coil FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS:
ORB, with #8 SAE ORB External 24Q-24VDC Double Spade Coil P OPTION incorporates a solenoid
EF Circuit 12H-12VDC DIN 43650 Coil operated, electrically variable pressure-
24H - 24VDC DIN 43650 Coil compensated flow control cartridge.
RELIEF VALVE With the solenoid de-energized, all of the
12L-12VDC Double Lead Wire Coil
1- No Relief inlet flow is diverted to the tank core/EF
24L - 24VDC Double Lead Wire Coil
2- Direct acting non-adjustable port. By increasing the current through
12W -12VDC Double Lead Wire w/ Weatherpak
500-1500 psi set at 1000 psi* the solenoid, the flow directed to the
Connector Coil
3- Direct acting non-adjustable power core and downstream sections
24W - 24VDC Double Lead Wire w/ Weatherpak
1500-3000 psi set at 2000 psi* will be proportionally increased, (the
Connector Coil
4- Direct acting adjustable 500-1500 psi maximum rating of the cartridge is 16
set at 1000 psi* FLOW CONTROL OPTION gpm at 1500 mA) Control current is
5- Direct acting adjustable 1500-3000 psi M- Manual Flow Control normally provided via a controller card
set at 2000 psi* P- Electro-Proportional providing, a PWM signal.
*for other settings please specify, i.e. U- Solenoid Unloading
SVInlet
#10 Rear IF15P12Q2700
Port #10isRear
set Inlet
at 2700
Port psi #10 Side Inlet Port #10 Side Inlet Port U OPTION incorporates a solenoid
operated, unloader cartridge. With the
#10 Rear Inlet Port #10 Side Inlet Port solenoid de-energized, all of the inlet
flow is diverted to the tank core/EF port.
IN IN With the solenoid energized all the inlet
flow is directed to the power core and
IN downstream sections.
M OPTION incorporates a manually
Option P- Proportional flow Option P- Proportional
operatedflow pressure-compensated flow
C-760 control with manual overridecontrol with manual
C-760
controloverride
cartridge. With the control knob
EF SVIFXXX-XX EF SVIFXXX-XX Option P- Proportional flow turned fully in (clockwise), all of the inlet
C-760 control with manual
5.18override flow is diverted to the tank core/EF port.
5.18 By turning the flow control knob counter
EF SVIFXXX-XX
clockwise, the inlet flow directed to the
5.18
power core and downstream sections is
2.00 2.00 Optional #8 EF Port
Optional #8 EF Port proportionally increased. Approximately
VALVES

5 revolutions varies flow from no flow

2.00 Optional #8 EF Port to full flow,
PORT OPTION 2 The flow being directed
IN IN to the tank core/EF port may be utilized
IN IN by a second circuit by inserting a 1/4
IN pipe plug into the tank core passage
IN IN IN on the seal side of the casting and then
connecting the EF port to the second
IN circuit.

PRESSURE CORE PRESSURE CORE CORE

PRESSURE PRESSURE CORE CORE
PRESSURE PRESSURE CORE
CONTROL OPTION P CONTROLCONTROL
OPTION POPTION U CONTROL OPTIONOPTION
CONTROL U M CONTROL OPTION M
CIRCUIT
PRESSURE CORE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT CORE CIRCUIT
SCHEMATIC
PRESSURE SCHEMATIC
CIRCUIT CORE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC
PRESSURE
CONTROL OPTION P CONTROL OPTION U CONTROL OPTION M
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL BOX (USE WITH SVIFP & 20IF FLOW CONTROL INLETS); P/N 671300048
The proportional control box is used to provide an adjustable electrical signal to 5.00
5.00
a proportional solenoid on the SVIFP and 20IF inlet sections. Once the dial is
4.59 4.59
set, the regulated flow through the valve should remain approximately constant
5.00
regardless of pressure. Within the operation range, flow varies approximately
linearly with dial rotation. 4.59 OUTPUT Ø.18 (2) POWER Ø.18 (2)
OUTPUT POWER STATUS
STATUS 50%
50% ON ON

CONNECTIONS AND OPERATION: 3.36 25% 75%

OUTPUT
3.36 POWER
25% 75%
Ø.18 (2)
STATUS 0% 100%
• Connect leads to the power supply and solenoid coil. Power supply should be0% 100%50% OFF ON
OFF

between 9 and 30 VDC. 3.36 25% 75%

• With the power off, the inlet flow is directed to tank (or excess flow port). 0% 100% OFF

• To provide power to the control, move the power switch to ‘ON’. (RED LED is 12" CABLE, POWER SUPPLY 12" CABLE, POWER SUPPLY
on when control box is powered). & COIL OUTPUTS: & COIL OUTPUTS:
• Minimum flow is directed into the valve when 0% on the dial is aligned with the RED;12"
(+)CABLE,
POWERPOWER SUPPLYRED; (+) POWER
center mark. Maximum flow is directed into the valve when 100% is aligned & COIL
BLACK; OUTPUTS: BLACK; (-) GROUND
(-) GROUND
with the center mark. RED;
WHITE; OUTPUT WHITE; PROP. OUTPUT
(+) POWER
PROP.
• Clockwise knob rotation increases flow into the valve. 2.04 2.04 BLACK;
GREEN; COIL GREEN; GROUND, COIL
(-) GROUND
GROUND,
• Some adjustment may be needed for operation. l-min, l-max, dither frequency (COILWHITE;
HAS NO PROP. (COIL HAS NO POLARITY
OUTPUT
POLARITY
& ramp time can be adjusted. See drawing for calibration instructions2.04 GREEN; GROUND, COIL
(COIL HAS NO POLARITY
Control comes with 6 ft of cable for power leads and 6 ft of cable for coil leads. Control box protection rating is IP67.
CATV 38-10-18-01
V38 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 15 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 JOYSTICK HANDLE FOR MODEL SV STACKSEEVALVE
DETAIL AT LEFT
HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT

SEE DETAIL
SEEOFFSET
DETAIL AT AT LEFT
LEFT
HANDLE SHOWN
SEE DETAIL AT LEFT
HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL INHANDLE
HANDLE BACKBACK 5th SPOOL
5th SPOOL OUT OUT
HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT
HANDLE BACK 5th SPOOL OUT

HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP OFFSET

OFFSET HANDLE
HANDLE SHOWN
SHOWN
HANDLE OFFSET HANDLE SHOWN
HANDLE LEFT LEFT 6th SPOOL
6th SPOOL IN
IN HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN HANDLE
HANDLE RIGHTRIGHT 6th SPOOL
6th SPOOL OUT OUT
HANDLE LEFT 6th SPOOL IN HANDLE RIGHT 6th SPOOL OUT
This is a special handle for the model SV stack valve that allows
the spools of two adjacent sections to be operated HANDLE by one
VIEWED common
FROM
handle. The spools can be operated independentlyHANDLE VIEWED
or FROM TOP TOP
simultaneously
HANDLE VIEWED FROM TOP
depending on handle
HANDLE movement.
HANDLE FRONT
FRONT The
IN INoption is normally used on
5th SPOOL
5th SPOOL
spring center to neutral sections, but can also be used on other
HANDLE FRONT 5th SPOOL IN
sections such as float sections. This handle is normally installed on
valves assembled at the factory but can be installed on work sections
that have handle option 3 or 9. The drawing at right shows two joy-
sticks with offset handles installed on a six section valve. When two
joysticks are installed on the same valve assembly it is recommended
that there be two standard sections between them to prevent handle
interference. A two section spacer is available, part no. 660380002.

Please refer to these part numbers and state which sections the
handle is to be installed on when ordering a valve assembly. This
handle can be installed in the field to work sections with handle
option 3 (no handle).
JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/STRAIGHT HANDLE:
ASSEMBLED ON VALVE............................ SVJS
KIT..................................................... 660180017

VALVES
JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/OFFSET HANDLE:
ASSEMBLED ON VALVE............................SVJO
KIT......................................................660180018
JOYSTICK ASSEMBLY W/BENT HANDLE:
ASSEMBLED ON VALVE............................ SVJB A molded rubber boot (671300011) is available for the joystick.
KIT......................................................660180033

ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SVH, ONE WAY WORK PORT RESTRICTOR FOR SVW WORK
SVM, SVR, SVF, SVS, SVG& SVL WORK SECTIONS SECTIONS
This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and This restrictor will restrict oil in one direction and allow free
allow free flow in the opposite direction. This flow in the opposite direction. This restrictor consists of the
restrictor consists of an orifice plate that simply orifice plate as described at left and an adapter fitting that
drops into the #8 SAE work port of a SVH, SVM, allow use in the standard SVW #8 SAE work port.
SVR, SVF, SVS, SVG & SVL work section.
Restricted Free Restricted Free
Flow Flow Flow Flow

Restricted
Restricted Free Free Restricted
Restricted Free Free
Flow Flow Restricted Flow Flow Free Flow Flow Restricted Flow Flow Free
Flow Flow Flow Flow

ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION

HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR ADAPTER W/HEX BRASS RESTRICTOR
#6 SAE 9/16-18 #8 SAE 3/4-16 #6 SAE 9/16-18 #8 SAE 3/4-16
670806XXX 670805XXX 661280XXX 661180XXX
SQUARE STEEL RESTRICTOR 661181XXX ADAPTER WITH SQUARE STEEL 661182XXX
CONICAL SPRING RESTRICTOR AND CONICAL SPRING
The last three digits of part number are the orifice size in The last three digits of part number are the orifice size in
thousandths of an inch. EXAMPLE: thousandths of an inch. EXAMPLE:
#6 SAE 9/16-18THD #8 SAE 3/4-16THD #6 SAE 9/16-18THD #8 SAE 3/4-16THD
670806062 670805062 .062 ORIFICE 661280062 661180062 .062 ORIFICE
670806125 670805125 .125 ORIFICE 661280125 661180125 .125 ORIFICE
670806000 670805000 NO ORIFICE 661280000 661180000 NO ORIFICE
CATV 39-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V39
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 17 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
VALVES

CATV 40-10-18-01
V40 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 Directional Control Valves

SV SOLENOID OPERATED
Work Sections
• Type “-D” and “-T” Solenoid Operated
• Type “-C” and “-S” Solenoid and Manual Operation

VALVES
STANDARD FEATURES
• Open center or closed center applications • Power beyond capability
• Port relief options available • Load checks on each section
• Internal pilot supply and drain • May be stacked with Manual SV Sections
• 12VDC, 24VDC and 120VAC • 8 Series (“C” and “D”) more economical
and compact

SPECIFICATIONS
Parallel or Series Circuit Construction Foot Mounting
Pressure Rating Maximum Operating Temp..............................180°F
Maximum Operating Pressure 3000 psi Weight Per Section
Maximum Tank Pressure 150 psi Inlet Section..................................... Approx. 3.75 Ibs.
Nominal Flow Rating 12 GPM Outlet Section.................................. Approx. 3.75 Ibs.
Differential Pressure Solenoid Operated
Required to Actuator Approx. 150 PSI Type “-D” and “-T” Work Section.......Approx. 11.0 Ibs.
Filtration: For general purpose valves, fluid Type “-C” and “-S” Work Section..... Approx. 14.5 Ibs.
cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 19/17/14
level. For extended life or for pilot operated valves,
the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness level is recommended.
CATV 41-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V41
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SV (8 SERIES) SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS
(BOTH SOLENOIDS ON ONE END) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
The Type “-C” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. The “-C” sections are 8 series work
sections which use screw in cartridges with a #8 thread size. The screw in cartridges provide a robust platform for the higher tank
pressures often seen in mobile applications and the #8 size allows for a more compact section size. Cartridges and coils on the 8
series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured prior to November 2014. Any of
the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may be used in any combination within a stack
valve assembly.
The Type “-C” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #8 solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated piston attached
to the main control spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both sides of the pilot piston are open to tank pressure and the
spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one side of the pilot piston, causing the
spool to shift from the neutral position and direct flow to work port “A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to
the other side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift and direct flow to work port “B”. An optional manual override feature is
available for the solenoid cartridges.
Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up Valve” that
is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open center pressure build-up
valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed
center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by
an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.

ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-C” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS

8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW, SVM AND SVL SECTION

SVWXXXX–CXXX
SECTION TYPE
W-Standard Work Section COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
L-Lock Section (Use C Spool) 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
M-Metering Work Section (Use E, F, or M Spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
1. #8 SAE 12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
SPOOL TYPE 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
A-3-Way 3-Position E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only)
24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
VALVES

B-4-Way 3-Position F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only)

24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain
11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
(SVW only)
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain SOLENOID OPERATION
(SVM only) C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
SPOOL ACTIONS CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
A - Spring Center
7. Vertical Handle 11. Enclosed Handle
HANDLE OPTION 8. Straight Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle
1. Std. Lever Handle 4. Adjustable Handle
2. Less Handle Only 5. Tang Spool End Only
3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 6. Clevis Spool End Only

8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS

SVHXXX XXX–CXXX
SECTION TYPE COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION*
H-Port Relief Section 12Q,12 VDC Double Spade
S-Series Section (Use G Spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
R-Metering Work Section (Use E, F, or M Spool) 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
PORT SIZE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
1. #8 SAE 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
SPOOL TYPE 24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
A-3-Way 3-Position E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
B-4-Way 3-Position F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only)
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor G-4-Way Series SOLENOID OPERATION
K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance C - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
Drain (SVH only) CM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
Drain (SVR only) A-Relief Cavity Plugged
SPOOL ACTIONS B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting
Relief 1500-3000 PSI
A - Spring Center C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting
Relief 500-1500 PSI
HANDLE OPTION
1. Std. Lever Handle 5. Tang Spool End Only PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
2. Less Handle Only 6. Clevis Spool End Only A-Relief Cavity Plugged G-Adjustable Direct Acting
3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 7. Vertical Handle B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000
4. Adjustable Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle Relief 1500-3000 PSI
C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting H-Adjustable Direct Acting
*See page V48 for Coil details Relief 500-1500 PSI Relief 500-1500 PSI
CATV 42-10-18-01
V42 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV (8 SERIES) SOLENOID WORK SECTION (SOLENOID ON BOTH ENDS)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
The Type “-D” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off control. The “-D” sections are 8 series work
sections which use screw in cartridges with a #8 thread size. The screw in cartridges provide a robust platform for the
higher tank pressures often seen in mobile applications and the #8 size allows for a more compact section size. Cartridges
and coils on the 8 series are not interchangeable with the Prince 10 series solenoid sections or sections manufactured
prior to November 2014. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections may
be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly.
The Type “-D” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #8 solenoid cartridge valves, one at each end
of the main valve body. When both solenoids are de-energized, both ends of the control valve spool are open to tank
pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one end
of the control valve spool causing the spool to shift from the neutral position to full stroke which directs flow to work port
“A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other end of the control valve spool, causing the
spool to shift to full stroke which directs flow to work port “B”. An optional manual override feature is available for the
solenoid cartridges.
Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up
Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open
center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot
pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open
center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.

ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-D” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS

8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW, SVM AND SVL WORK SECTIONS

SVWXXX—DXXX
SECTION TYPE
W-Standard Work Section
L-Lock Section (Use C Spool)
COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650

VALVES
1. #8 SAE
12D 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
SPOOL TYPE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
A-3-Way 3-Position 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
B-4-Way 3-Position 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor 24D 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
K-4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) 11H, 120 VAC Din 43650

SPOOL ACTIONS SOLENOID OPERATION

A - Spring Center D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override

8 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTION

SVH XXXXX—DXXX
SECTION TYPE COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
H-Port Relief Section 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
S-Series Section (Use G Spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
PORT SIZE 12D 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
1. #8 SAE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
SPOOL TYPE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
A-3-Way 3-Position 24D 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
B-4-Way 3-Position 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor
G-4-Way Series
K-4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH only)
SOLENOID OPERATION
SPOOL ACTIONS D - Standard Solenoid Cartridge
A - Spring Center DM - Solenoid Cartridge w/Manual Override

PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION

A-Relief Cavity Plugged PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI A-Relief Cavity Plugged
C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
* See page V48 for coil details
CATV 43-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V43
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV “8 SERIES” TYPE C
SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

6.21

4.11

1.437 1.50 5.45 5.34 1.75

PART NUMBER ‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID

WILL BE STAMPED
IN THIS LOCATION
“B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT
PORT RELIEF
OPTIONS
“8 SERIES” SOLENOID
CARTRIDGE 660263014

PILOT PISTON
VALVES

TANK CORE
PARALLEL POWER CORE
INTERNAL PIOT LINES LOAD CHECK

SV “8 SERIES” TYPE D
SOLENOID WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

5.85

C-899

3.16 5.34
1.437
11.66

‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID

“8 SERIES” SOLENOID
CARTRIDGE 660263014 ‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT

RESTRICTOR ORIFICE LOAD CHECK INTERNAL PILOT LINES

CATV 44-10-18-01
V44 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV (10 SERIES) SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS
(BOTH SOLENOIDS ON ONE END) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
The Type “-S” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. The “-S” sections are 10
series work sections which use screw in cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be
interchangeable with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 was
well as current production 10 series valves. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated
work sections may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly.
The Type “-S” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #10 solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated
piston attached to the main control spool. When both solenoids are de-energized, both sides of the pilot piston are open
to tank pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to
one side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift from the neutral position and direct flow to work port “A”. When
solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other side of the pilot piston, causing the spool to shift and
direct flow to work port “B”.
Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up
Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open
center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot
pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open
center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.

ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-S” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS

10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW AND SVL SECTION
SVWXXXX–SXXX
SECTION TYPE
W-Standard Work Section COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
L-Lock Section (Use C Spool) 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
M-Metering Work Section (Use E, F or M spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
PORT SIZE 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
1. #8 SAE 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
SPOOL TYPE 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
A-3-Way 3-Position E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only)

VALVES
24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
B-4-Way 3-Position F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVM only) 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain 11C, 120 VAC Conduit
(SVW only) 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain
(SVM only) SOLENOID AND MANUAL OPERATION
SPOOL ACTIONS
A - Spring Center
HANDLE OPTION
1. Std. Lever Handle 4. Adjustable Handle 7. Vertical Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle
2. Less Handle Only 5. Tang Spool End Only 8. Straight Handle
3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 6. Clevis Spool End Only 11. Enclosed Handle

10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTIONS

SVHXXX XXX–SXXX
SECTION TYPE COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION*
H-Port Relief Section 12Q,12 VDC Double Spade
S-Series Section (Use G spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
R-Metering Work Section (Use E, F or M spool) 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
PORT SIZE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
1. #8 SAE 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
SPOOL TYPE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
A-3-Way 3-Position E-4-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
B-4-Way 3-Position F-3-Way 3 Position Metering (SVR only) 11C,120 VAC Conduit
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
G-4-Way Series (SVH only) SOLENOID AND MANUAL OPERATION
M-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION
(SVR only) A-Relief Cavity Plugged
SPOOL ACTIONS B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting
A - Spring Center Relief 1500-3000 PSI
C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting
HANDLE OPTION Relief 500-1500 PSI
1. Std. Lever Handle 5. Tang Spool End Only PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION
2. Less Handle Only 6. Clevis Spool End Only A-Relief Cavity Plugged G-Adjustable Direct Acting
3. Less Complete Handle Assembly 7. Vertical Handle B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000
4. Adjustable Handle 12. Extended Enclosed Handle Relief 1500-3000 PSI
C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting H-Adjustable Direct Acting
*See page V48 for Coil details Relief 500-1500 PSI Relief 500-1500 PSI
CATV 45-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V45
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV (10 SERIES) SOLENOID WORK SECTION (SOLENOID ON BOTH ENDS)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

The Type “-T” SV Solenoid Work Section allows remote electrical on-off control. The “-T” sections are 10 series work
sections which use screw in cartridges with a #10 thread size. Cartridges and coils on the 10 series will be interchangeable
with the components on Prince solenoid operated valves manufactured prior to November 2014 was well as current
production 10 series valves. Any of the standard “-S”, “-T”, “-C” or “-D” style Prince SV solenoid operated work sections
may be used in any combination within a stack valve assembly.

The Type “-T” SV Solenoid Section contains two 3-way 2-position, #10 solenoid cartridge valves, one at each end
of the main valve body. When both solenoids are de-energized, both ends of the control valve spool are open to tank
pressure and the spool remains spring centered. When solenoid “A” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to one end
of the control valve spool causing the spool to shift from the neutral position to full stroke which directs flow to work port
“A”. When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied to the other end of the control valve spool, causing the
spool to shift to full stroke which directs flow to work port “B”.

Internal pilot lines provide pilot pressure to the solenoid actuator. Pilot pressure is generated by a “Pressure Build-Up
Valve” that is installed in the standard outlet section. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are offered, the open
center pressure build-up valve and power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both versions supply 150-200 PSI pilot
pressure to the solenoid actuator. A closed center assembly does not require a pressure build-up valve. For an open
center system, the pilot pressure can also be provided by an in inlet manifold, which can provide filtered pilot flow.

ORDER CODE MATRIX - TYPE “-T” SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTIONS

10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED SVW AND SVL WORK SECTIONS

SVWXXX—TXXX
SECTION TYPE
W-Standard Work Section
L-Lock Section (Use C Spool)
COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
VALVES

12L, 12 VDC Double Wire

PORT SIZE 12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
1. #8 SAE
12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
SPOOL TYPE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
A-3-Way 3-Position 24 L, 24 VDC Double Wire
B-4-Way 3-Position 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVW only) 11C, 120 VAC Conduit
11H, 120 VAC Din 43650
SPOOL ACTIONS SOLENOID OPERATION
A - Spring Center

10 SERIES SOLENOID OPERATED PORT RELIEF WORK SECTION

SVH XXXXX—TXXX
SECTION TYPE COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION *
H-Port Relief Section 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
S-Series Section (Use G spool) 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
12H, 12 VDC DIN 43650
PORT SIZE 12D, 12 VDC Deutsch
1. #8 SAE 24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
SPOOL TYPE 24H, 24 VDC DIN 43650
A-3-Way 3-Position 24D, 24 VDC Deutsch
B-4-Way 3-Position 11C, 120 VAC Conduit
C-4-Way 3-Position Motor 11H, 120 VAC DIN 43650
G-4-Way Series
K-4-Way 3 Position Counterbalance Drain (SVH only)
SOLENOID OPERATION
SPOOL ACTIONS
A - Spring Center

PORT RELIEF “A” OPTION PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION

A-Relief Cavity Plugged A-Relief Cavity Plugged
B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI B-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI C-Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI
G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI G-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI
H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI H-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI

* See page V48 for coil details

CATV 46-10-18-01
V46 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV “10 SERIES” TYPE S SOLENOID OR MANUAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

7.47

C–623
4.50

1.437 1.50 5.94 5.34 1.75

COIL NUT 671800021 ‘A’ SOLENOID
PART NUMBER
WILL BE STAMPED ‘B’ SOLENOID
IN THIS LOCATION

‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT

PORT RELIEF
“10 SERIES” TYPE “S” SOLENOID OPTIONS
CARTRIDGE 660263002

PILOT PISTON

VALVES
TANK CORE
*WHEN EXTERNAL PILOT OR DRAIN IS USED EXTERNAL PILOT “TANK” PORT* PARALLEL POWER CORE
THE INTERNAL LINES MUST BE PLUGGED INTERNAL PILOT LINES LOAD CHECK
EXTERNAL PILOT “PRESSURE” PORT*

SV “10 SERIES” TYPE T SOLENOID WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

5.89

C – 635

3.50 5.34
1.437
12.34
COIL NUT 671800021
‘B’ SOLENOID ‘A’ SOLENOID

‘B’ WORK PORT ‘A’ WORK PORT

“10 SERIES” TYPE “T” SOLENOID

CARTRIDGE 660263001

RESTRICTOR ORIFICE LOAD CHECK INTERNAL PILOT LINES

CATV 47-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V47
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 16, 17 & 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTION - APPLICATION INFORMATION
For over center or light load applications if the required work port load pressure drops below 200 PSI, the pilot pressure
to the spool will drop to the same pressure causing the spring to move the control spool back towards the neutral position.
The spool will end up in an intermediate position between neutral and fully shifted. A restrictor installed in the work
port or line may be required for this type of application.

For closed center applications the Pressure Build-Up Valve is not required. However, a system pressure of 200 PSI
must be maintained in the closed center position to actuate the valve properly.

Proper operation of the solenoid actuators requires a pressure differential of 150-200 PSI above tank pressure. The
maximum tank port pressure should not exceed 150 PSI. On “C” and “S” solenoid sections, excessive tank pressure
will increase “Seal Drag” and may prohibit, the spool from shifting.

The solenoid operated SV section may be converted to accept an external hydraulic pilot supply to the solenoid actuators.
Please consult a Sales Representative for more information.

SERIES 8 SOLENOID COILS ALL “C”, “D”, AND “DP” WORK SECTIONS
COIL PART NUMBERS COIL SPECIFICATIONS
12H – 671302168 -12 VDC DIN-43650 DUTY RATING................CONTINUOUS AT 100% VOLTAGE
12L – 671302160 -12 VDC DUAL LEAD WIRES INGRESS PROTECTION RATING.................................. IP65
12Q – 671302165 - 12 VDC DUAL SPADE IP69 FOR INTEGRAL DEUTSCH COIL & CONNECTOR
12D – 671302163 - 12 VDC INTEGRAL DEUTSCH WATTAGE...............................................................19 WATTS
24H – 671302169 - 24 VDC DIN-43650 AMPERAGE DRAW (NOMINAL)
24L – 671302167 - 24 VDC DUAL LEAD WIRES 12 VOLT...................... 1.6 AMPS
24 VOLT.................... 0.78 AMPS
24Q – 671302166 - 24 VDC DUAL SPADE
110 VOLT................... 0.19 AMPS
24D – 671302164 - 24 VDC INTEGRAL DEUTSCH
LEAD WIRE LENGTH...... 18 GAUGE 24” LONG
11H – 671302170 - 110 VAC DIN-43650 AC COILS HAVE INTERNAL FULL WAVE RECTIFIERS
RATED FOR 1000 VOLTS MAX REVERSE VOLTAGE
DIN STYLE COILS ARE DIN 43650 TYPE A
DEUTSCH COILS USE DT04-2P CONNECTORS
VALVES

SERIES 10 SOLENOID COILS ALL “S” AND “T” WORK SECTIONS

COIL PART NUMBERS COIL SPECIFICATIONS
12H – 671302002 - 12 VDC COIL DIN 43650 DUTY RATING................CONTINUOUS AT 100% VOLTAGE
12L – 671302003 - 12 VDC COIL DOUBLE WIRE INGRESS PROTECTION RATING.................................. IP65
12Q – 671322004 - 12 VDC COIL DOUBLE SPADE WATTAGE...............................................................20 WATTS
12D – 671302015 - 12 VDC COIL DEUTSCH STABILIZED TEMPERATURE 217°F WITH 77°F AMBIENT
24H – 671302006 - 24 VDC COIL DIN 43650 AMP DRAW AT 77°
24L – 671302007 - 24 VDC COIL DOUBLE WIRE 12VOLT..................... 1.70 AMPS
24 VOLT...................... .83 AMPS
24Q – 671322008 - 24 VDC COIL DOUBLE SPADE
120 VOLT..................... .18 AMPS
24D – 671302016 - 24 VDC COIL DEUTSCH
LEAD WIRE LENGTH...... 18 GAUGE 12” LONG
11C – 671302009 - 120 VAC COIL CONDUIT
AC COILS ARE INTERNALLY RECTIFIED WITH A FULL WAVE
11H – 671302010 - 120 VAC COIL DIN 43650 BRIDGE (NO IN RUSH CURRENT).
DIN STYLE COILS ARE DIN 43650 TYPE A.

SYMBOL SCHEMATIC OF A 3 SECTION, SOLENOID OPERATED STACK VALVE ASSEMBLY

B A B A B A
SOL B

SOL B

SOL B
SOL A

SOL A

SOL A

SVI25 SVW1BA1 – C12Q SVW1BA – D12Q SVH1BA1GB – C12Q SVE26

OR OR OR
SVW1BA1 – S12Q SVW1BA – T12Q SVH1BA1GB – S12Q

CATV 48-10-18-01
V48 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 19 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS
In the SV proportional work sections, varying pilot pressure is applied to the end of the spools to shift the spool against
spring bias. Proportional pressure reducing cartridges are used to vary the pressure on the spools. As the current
through the cartridge coil increases, the amount of the available pilot pressure applied to the ends of the spools also,
proportionally increases. There will be a threshold pressure/current (dead band) to overcome the initial spring centering
force and initial land coverage. Once this pressure/current has been exceeded, increasing the current through the coil
will increase the flow from the work ports.

Current to the coils is typically provided by a PWM current control module and a joystick or other input device. The coils
require a maximum current of approximately 1300 mA (@ 12 volts), and for reduced hysteresis, a dither frequency of
approximately 100 Hz and a dither amplitude of 50 to 100 mA. The controller should have adjustable minimum current
and maximum current settings to minimize the dead band before work port flow starts and to maximize the control
resolution. See page V38.6 for examples of control module and joystick components.

The proportional work sections require pilot pressure to shift the spools. Approximately 325 psi pilot pressure will fully
shift the spool in Prince proportional sections. With open center valve assemblies, the pilot pressure is typically supplied
by a compensator inlet (SVIC).

The SV proportional work sections are open center sections based on the SVM family. The open center sections, which
are typically used with a fixed displacement (gear) pump, provide for a cost effective circuit. The open center sections
will provide controlled starts and stops of the work port flow, however, the metering band is not as wide as the other
proportional families and metering is somewhat pressure dependent. Using current minimum and current maximum
settings on the controller will enhance the metering control.

SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTION DIMENSIONS

3.88

VALVES
TANK PORT (SIDE) SVE21
“B” SOLENOID “A” SOLENOID TANK PORT (TOP)
3/8-16UNC (3)
FRONT END
(HANDLE)
“B” WORK PORT “A” WORK PORT

4.31

SVM1ES-DP12D
PILOT PASSAGEWAY COMPENSATOR IN
SVIC2F

All SV proportional work sections require

pilot supply passageways. All SVM-DPxxx FILTER

proportional sections will automatically

have pilot passageways, however, any INLET PORT
non-proportional sections in the assembly
will also have to have pilot passageways.
RELIEF
To designate SVW, SVH, SVM, SVF, SVR
or SVG non-proportional sections with
pilot passageways, add a “P” after the
three letter model prefix. For instance a 6.34
SVW1BA1 section with pilot passageways
would be called out as a SVWP1BA1.
An example of a SVH with passageways
would be a SVHP1BA1GG. An example
of a non-proportional solenoid section to C-899
be included in a proportional assembly
would be a SVWP1BA1-C12D. Please 1.437 3.16 5.344
11.66
contact sales at Prince Manufacturing
for additional assistance in configuring
assemblies.
CATV 49-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V49
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SVM / SVR PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID OPERATED WORK SECTIONS

SV S - DP
COIL VOLTAGE & TERMINATION
WORK SECTION TYPE 12Q, 12 VDC Double Spade
M - Standard Metering Section 12L, 12 VDC Double Wire
R - Port Relief Metering Section 12H, 12 VDC Din 43650
12D, 12 VDC Integral Deutsch
24Q, 24 VDC Double Spade
PORT SIZE 24L, 24 VDC Double Wire
1. #8 SAE ORB (3/4-16 Thread)
24H, 24 VDC Din 43650
24D, 24 VDC Integral Deutsch
SPOOL TYPE 11H, 120 VAC Din 43650
E - 4-Way 3-Position Metering
M - 4-Way 3-Position Counterbalance Drain/Motor SOLENOID OPERATION
DP - Solenoid on each end of section – no lever
SPOOL ACTION
S - Spring Center (Metering sections) PORT RELIEF “B” OPTION (OMIT FOR SVM)
A - Relief Cavity Plugged
PORT RELIEF “A” OPTIONS (OMIT FOR SVM) B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000
A - Relief Cavity Plugged C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000
B - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000 G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000
C - Non-Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000 H - Adjustable direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000
G - Adjustable Direct Acting Relief 1500-3000 PSI set at 2000
H - Adjustable direct Acting Relief 500-1500 PSI set at 1000
*See Page V48 Series 8 Coils for Coil Information.

SVIC2F INLET ASSEMBLY

PRESSURE COMPENSATING
SVIC2F – xxxx
IN
REGULATOR CARTRIDGE
SPECIAL RELIEF SETTING (LEAVE BLANK
VALVES

FILTER
FOR STD SETTING OF 2000 PSI).
ADJUSTMENT RANGE: 1500-3000 PSI
HANDLE END (FRONT)
INLET PORT, #10 SAE ORB OF SECTION
(7/8-14 THD)
ADJUSTABLE RELIEF

INLET

5.00
TANK
G PILOT PILOT

6.00 3.0 REF 2.94

APPLICATION NOTES:
The SVIC2F is an inlet assembly used with “SVM” (open center) proportional solenoid assemblies. It is used with fixed
displacement pumps (typically gear pumps) and has a compensator cartridge in the manifold that provides approximately
350 psi pilot pressure for the proportional solenoids. It also incorporates a pressure reducing cartridge to limit pressure
to the solenoid cartridges, and a 10 µ filter cartridge to filter the pilot flow. The SVIC2F requires a tie rod kit for one extra
section. Any non-proportional “SV” work sections in the assembly require pilot passageways. A standard “SVE” open
center outlet with conversion plug should be used in the assembly.
The SVIC2F has other applications such as low flow systems. The inlet can provide a constant pilot pressure regardless
of flow, guaranteeing a shift in either on/off or proportional solenoids. Likewise, systems that also have little to no load
induced pressure can benefit from the constant pilot pressure the SVIC2F provides, guaranteeing a shift regardless of
work port pressure.
The 10 micron filter included in the inlet helps keep the pilot lines clean. This helps eliminate contamination in the oil
being sent to the solenoid cartridges.
To configure work sections to use with this inlet, refer to the text on page V49 that talks about adding a ‘P’ to the model codes.

CATV 50-10-18-01
V50 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SV PROPORTIONAL WORK SECTIONS PERFORMANCE CURVES

SV OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (SVM-DP12D)

WORK PORT FLOW vs. CURRENT
WORK PORT FLOW (GPM) 14
12 SPOOL E
10 12 GPM INLET FLOW

8
6
4 SPOOL E
2 4 GPM INLET FLOW

0
600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 12 VDC

300 350 400 450 500 550 600 24 VDC

CURRENT (mA)

EXAMPLES OF TYPICAL SV SOLENOID OPERATED SECTIONS AND ASSEMBLIES

ON – OFF SOLENOID ASSEMBLIES

VALVES
SV COMMON WORK SECTIONS: SV common assembly:
SVW1BA1-C12D (8 series solenoids) SVI25; SVW1BA1-C12D; SVE26
SVW1BA-DM12D (8 series-manual override solenoids)
SVW1BA1-S12L (10 series solenoids)
SVW1BA-T12L (10 series solenoids)

OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL (fixed displacement pump)

SV COMMON WORK SECTION SV common assembly: (note: non-solenoid sections
SM1ES-DP12D (proportional solenoids) require solenoid passageways)
SVIC2F (compensator inlet); SM1ES-DP12D; SVE21

ON – OFF SOLENOID PUMP TYPE

Work Sect. Inlet Utility Outlet
SV(W/L/M)
SV(H/S/R) SVIxx n/a SVEx6 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP
SV(W/L/M)
SV(H/S/R) SVIxx n/a SVEx3 PRESSURE COMPENSATED PUMP

OPEN CENTER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID PUMP TYPE

SV(M/R) SVIC2F n/a SVEx1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT PUMP

CATV 51-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V51
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 RADIO REMOTE OFFERINGS FOR ON/OFF SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES

MACRO TRANSMITTERS RECEIVERS CHARGER

(MICRO USB)

12 VDC car charger

#671303003

4 buttons Wall charger

(2 section valve) 6 buttons 8 buttons #671303005
#671303111 (3 section valve) (4 section valve)
#671303112 #671303113 4 outputs
(up to 2 section valve)
#671303001
FEATURES:
• Palm sized transmitter (4.7" x 2.6" x .9" typical)
8 outputs
• Rechargeable transmitter - micro USB (20 hr of
(up to 4 section valve)
active transmitting battery life)
#671303002
• Range of up to 300 ft
• Two way communication with real time feedback
• Easy sync with receiver
VALVES

• 900 Hz
• Ingress protection IP66
• Receiver input voltage (9 - 30VDC)

PROPORTIONAL CONTROLLERS & WIRING HARNESSES

Prince proportional operators are often controlled with a thumb or

handle control and a PWM control module. Prince offers a small 32° 32°
thumb control joystick and a larger handle control joystick, as
well as a PWM control module that can be used in conjunction
with these joysticks. The control module provides a performance
enhancing dither to the current. The minimum and maximum 2.520
current from the module can also be set to minimize the dead band 8.413
before work port flow starts and to maximize the control resolution. 50°
.354
The connector on the thumb joystick is a Molex #CGRID/SL (7
male pins). The connector on the handle joystick is a Deutsch 1.811
#HD14-9-16P (9 male pins). The connector on the PWM control PIN 1
module is a Deutsch #DT04-8P (8 male pins). Thumb Control Joystick
671300076
Prince offers a harness to connect the joystick, PWM module,
and coils with Deutsch connectors. The harness system consists
of a coil harness (approximately 60" long) to connect the PWM
to the coils, to the power, etc. (671300108). The second part of
the harness is a jumper harness that connects either the thumb
1.9
control joystick or the handle control joystick to the PWM module. .83
The standard length of the jumper harness is 10 feet, but other
lengths are available. The 10 foot jumper harness for the thumb 2.464
4.53
control joystick is 671304110. The 10 foot jumper harness for the Handle Control 671300107 PWM Control Module
I min & I max preset for 12 VDC
handle control joystick is 671304210. Joystick
671300077
671300106 PWM Control Module
Additional controls such as multi spool proportional controllers as I min & I max preset for 24 VDC
well as proportional RF controllers (belly packs) can be quoted
upon request. Please contact sales at Prince Manufacturing for
additional information.
CATV 52-10-18-01
V52 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 15 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD5000
MONO-BLOCK
Directional Control Valves
1, 2, 3 Spool

Model RD5100

VALVES
Model RD5200

Model RD5300
CATV 53-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V53
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 MODEL RD5000 DIMENSIONAL DATA

MODEL RD5100
OPTIONAL, TOP OR
BOTTOM PORTING 4.88
STD. OUTLET CAPACITY: 30 GPM
PORT LOCATION
(OUTLET PORT) 3.97 OR POWER MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI
3.62 BEYOND OPTIONS WEIGHT: 14 LBS.
.406 DIA. (3) 1.83
.65 SPOOL TRAVEL STD. INLET
.313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL PORT LOCATION
.85 .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT
FLOAT OPTION

BYD
OUT
8.50
1.56

HCI-PRINCE
5.00 3.00
B A 3.30
IN
1.28

2.20 6.10
OPTIONAL, TOP OR WORK PORTS A & B 1.50
BOTTOM PORTING 3.75 9.44
(INLET PORT) 12.63

OPTIONAL, TOP OR STD. OUTLET

BOTTOM PORTING
(OUTLET PORT)
4.88 PORT LOCATION MODEL RD5200
3.97
3.62
OR POWER
BEYOND OPTIONS
CAPACITY: 25 GPM
.406 DIA. (3) 1.83
MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI
.65 SPOOL TRAVEL WEIGHT: 23 LBS.
.313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL
.85 .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT STD. INLET
PORT LOCATION
BYD
OUT

1.56
D C
FLOAT OPTION
HCI-PRINCE
VALVES

8.50
7.25 5.25 2.25

B A 3.30
IN
1.28

2.20 6.10
OPTIONAL, TOP OR
BOTTOM PORTING 3.75 1.50 9.44
(INLET PORT) WORK PORTS A, B, C & D 12.63

OPTIONAL, TOP OR STD. OUTLET

BOTTOM PORTING 4.88 PORT LOCATION
(OUTLET PORT) 3.97 OR POWER MODEL RD5300
3.62 BEYOND OPTIONS CAPACITY: 25 GPM
.406 DIA. (3) 1.83
.65
MAX. PRESSURE: 3000 PSI
SPOOL TRAVEL
.313 EACH WAY FROM NEUTRAL WEIGHT: 34 LBS.
.85 .531 "IN" FOR FLOAT
BYD
OUT

1.56
STD. INLET
PORT LOCATION
2.25 F E
HCI-PRINCE

9.50 7.50
FLOAT OPTION
8.50
2.25 D C

B A 3.57
IN 1.28

2.20 6.10
OPTIONAL, TOP OR
BOTTOM PORTING 3.75 WORK PORTS A, B, C, 1.50 9.44
(INLET PORT) D, E & F 12.63

CATV 54-10-18-01
V54 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 RD5000 ORDER CODE

SPECIAL VALVES AVAILABLE:

RD5000 Mono-block Valves other than the standard models listed can be made to order. Use the order code matrix
below to generate a model number that meets your requirements. Special features not listed can often be made to
your specifications. A minimum order quantity may apply to special valves. Please consult your sales representative.

MODEL RD5000 ORDER CODE MATRIX:

Fill each box with one letter or number from each column to generate a model number
Note that first all spools are listed then all spool attachments.

FIRST SPOOL
SECOND SPOOL
THIRD SPOOL

RD53
RD52
RD51

MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ATTACHMENTS RELIEF VALVE INLET OUTLET POWER HANDLE
NUMBER LOCATION LOCATION BEYOND
RD51 2 A A 1 A 1 A 1
Single Spool 3/4 NPTF In/Out 3 Way, 3 Position 3 Position No Relief End END (with Not Provided With Complete
1/2 NPTF Work Open Center Spring Center to Neutral Power Beyond (only available with Handle Assembly
RD52 B 2 B Option A) outlet location 1)
Two Spool 3 3 Position Detent Differential Top 2
C Poppet
RD53 3/4 NPTF In/Out 4 Way, 3 Position (No Centering Spring) C Less Handle
C Non-Adjustable 2
Three Spool 3/4 NPTF Work Tandem Center Bottom Only
Set at 1000 PSI TOP B
Friction Detent Conversion

VALVES
5 E (Detented in Neutral Only) 3 3
Plug
#12 SAE In/Out 4 Way, 3 Position D Differential 4 Without Handle
Rotary Actuator w/Center Detent (only Installed
#12 SAE Work Open Center Poppet END (with Assembly
Motor Spool available w/Handle 3 or 4 and Spool J) Non-Adjustable Power Beyond
6 E Option B, C, C 4
Set at 2000 PSI
#12 SAE In/Out G** Pressure Release Detent D, F) Power Beyond Rotary Handle
#10 SAE Work 4 Way, 4 Position 1 Position Detent, Spool "out" Only, Standard Plug Installed
Tandem Center Spring Center to Neutral 4 with 3/4 NPTF 7
Float Spool F** Differential Locking
9 o
Pressure Release Detent Poppet D Handle
#10 SAE In/Out J
2 Position Detent, Spool "in" Adjustable Closed Center
#8 SAE Work 4 Way, 3 Position
and "out", Spring Center 500-1500 PSI Conversion Plug RD5200
Tandem Center
to Neutral Set at 1000 PSI Installed
Other Ports Rotary Acuator (Spool
Spool "C" or "E" Only
Please Specify Attachment D Only) 5 5***
G**
4 Position, Spring Center to Differential F Bent Joystick
Neutral, Detent Spool In for Poppet Power Beyond Handle
**Spool option "G", and spool attachment "F", Plug Installed
Float Position Adjustable
and "G" are available on the first spool only. H 1500-3000 PSI with #12 SAE 6***
Spool option "G" must be ordered with spool Spring Center Set at 2000 PSI Straight
Pneumatic Actuator Joystick
attachment option "G".
N Handle
1 Position Detent Spool "out"
Spring Center to Neutral Joystick can
P * For other be installed
2 Position Detent Spool "in Relief Settings on RD5300
and out", Spring Center to Please Specify on special
Neutral order
R
3 Position Spring Center
with Micro-Switch and Boot
(actuates with spool in
or out movement)
S
2 Position Detent "Neutral
and out", No "in" Position

*RD532CCCAAA5A4B1-25
The last two digits are Relief pressure in hundreds
Example: 25=2500 psi, all relief settings are at 10 GPM & 105°F.
*** Joystick handle will operate both spools using only one lever handle. The two spools can be operated either independently or simultaneously
depending on handle movement.
0
Often used with no relief. Review application.

CATV 55-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V55
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 18 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 RD5000 PRESSURE DROP, RELIEF CURVE AND STANDARD FEATURES
STANDARD FEATURES
* Economical monoblock construction of high tensile * Differential poppet style relief, adjustable from 1500
strength gray cast iron. to 3000 psi (also available in low pressure version
* Load check on each spool, adjustable from 500 to 1500 psi)
* Hard chrome plated spool. * Power beyond and closed center capability.
* Optional 4 Position Float on 1st spool. * Reversible handle.

SPECIFICATIONS
PARALLEL CIRCUIT (RD-5200 & RD-5300)
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE............. 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE........... 180°F
RD5100 SINGLE SPOOL VALVE MAXIMUM TANK PORT PRESSURE................ 500 PSI
PRESSURE DROP VALUES RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION.....ISO 4406 19/17/14
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F FLOW RATING.....................................30 GPM RD5100
∆ P-PSI 25 GPM RD5200
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B 25 GPM RD5300
(GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET WEIGHT................................................ 14 LBS RD5100
5 2 8 3
23 LBS RD5200
34 LBS RD5300
10 5 17 6 3000 RD5000 RELIEF VALVE
15 9 35 12 2500
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
PRESSURE (PSI)

20 21 58 21
2000 3000
25 26 86 34
1500 2500

1000 PRESSURE (PSI) 2000

500 1500
RD5200 TWO SPOOL VALVE
VALVES

1000
PRESSURE DROP VALUES 0 5 10 15 20 25
FLOW (GPM) 500
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F

∆ P-PSI
0 5 10 15 20 25
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B C OR D TO
FLOW (GPM)
(GPM) OUTLET WORK PORTS TO OUTLET TO OUTLET

5 3 11 2 2 PARALLEL CIRCUIT VALVES:

Both the RD-5200 Two-Spool and RD-5300 Three-Spool
10 8 22 8 5
Valves are parallel circuit valves. When any one of the spools
15 16 38 15 11 is shifted it blocks off the open center passage thru the
valve. The oil then flows into the parallel circuit core making
20 28 57 27 19
oil available to all spools. If more than one spool is fully
25 44 83 43 29 shifted then oil will go to the spool with the lowest pressure
requirements. However, it is possible to meter the flow to the
spool with the least load and power two unequal loads.
OPEN CENTER PASSAGE
LOAD CHECK
RD5300 THREE SPOOL VALVE PARALLEL CIRCUIT CORE
PRESSURE DROP VALUES
B D F OPEN CENTER PASSAGE
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
LOAD CHECK
∆ P-PSI PARALLEL
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO INLET TO INLET TO A OR B C OR D E OR F B D
(GPM) OUTLET A OR B C OR D E OR F TO OUTLET TO OUTLET TO OUTLET
P
5 2 9 9 11 4 3 2

10 10 18 20 25 14 9 6
P
15 22 33 41 49 32 22 13
A C E T
20 37 56 68 78 51 36 21 CONVERSION PLUG

25 58 83 101 118 76 55 32 The above drawing shows

a symbol for a Three-Spool Valve A C
Model Number RD532CCCAAA5A4B1 CONVERSION P
CATV 56-10-18-01
V56 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 RD5000 ORDERING INFORMATION

STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: All standard valves have end inlet and outlet locations, power beyond
conversion plug, complete handle assemblies, and adjustable differential poppet relief.

SPOOL TYPE
IN/OUT PORT
1st SPOOL 2nd SPOOL 3rd SPOOL SIZE WORK PORT SIZE
VALVE PART CONFIGURATION CONFIG. CONFIG.
NUMBER 3 POSITION
FLOAT 3 POSITION 3 POSITION 3 POSITION RELIEF
4 WAY #12 SAE #10 SAE #12 SAE SETTING
SPOOL1 4 WAY2 4 WAY2 4 WAY2
DETENTED3

2000 PSI @
RD516GG5A4B1 X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD516CA5A4B1 X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD515GG5A4B1 X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD515CA5A4B1 X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD515CB5A4B1 X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD526GCGA5A4B1 X X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD526CCAA5A4B1 X X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD536GCCGAA5A4B1 X X X X X 10 GPM

2000 PSI @
RD536CCCAAA5A4B1 X X X X X 10 GPM

VALVES
1. Four position, four way, tandem center, detented “in” the float position. Spring center to neutral from work positions.
Work ports blocked in neutral.
2. Tandem center. Spring center to neutral from work positions. Work ports blocked in neutral.
3. Tandem center, 3 position detent. Work ports blocked in neutral.

MISC. AND FIELD CONVERSION KITS FOR MODEL RD-5000 VALVES

MATRIX MATRIX MATRIX
CODE CODE CODE
660150001 A SPRING CENTER KIT 660250006 1 NO RELIEF PLUG 660150084 ROTARY HANDLE KIT
660150002 B 3 POSITION DETENT KIT 660250003 4 LOW PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE 660350001 HANDLE CLEVIS
660150003 C FRICTION DETENT KIT RELIEF CARTIDGE 660551001 RD5100 SEAL KIT
660150018 N 1 POSITION DETENT SPOOL 660250002 5 HIGH PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE 660552001 RD5200 SEAL KIT
OUT W/ SPRING CENTER RELIEF CARTRIDGE 660553001 RD5300 SEAL KIT
660150020 P 2 POSITION DETENT 660312005 D CLOSED CENTER 660150011 6 STRAIGHT JOYSTICK
W/ SPRING CENTER KIT CONVERSION PLUG HANDLE KIT
660312003 B CONVERSION PLUG 660150015 LOAD CHECK KIT 660150012 5 450 BENT JOYSTICK
660312004 C POWER BEYOND PLUG 660150045 R SPRING CENTER WITH HANDLE PARTS
3/4 NPTF MICRO-SWITCH KIT 660150014 G FLOAT HARDWARE KIT
660312008 F POWER BEYOND PLUG 660150004 1 HANDLE HARDWARE KIT 660552002 AUTO CYCLE SEAL KIT
#12 SAE 660180215 RELIEF SHIM ASSORTMENT 660150060 H AIR SHIFT KIT

B B D
B D F

P POWER P POWER P POWER

BEYOND BEYOND BEYOND

SYMBOL A T SYMBOL A C T SYMBOL A C E T

RD516CA5A4C1 RD526CCAA5A4C1 RD536CCCAAA5A4C1

CATV 57-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V57
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 18 & 19 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 RD-5000 SERIES STANDARD AND SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
TWO SPOOL
12 STANDARD SPOOL ATTACHMENTS “JOYSTICK” HANDLE
CONVERSION PLUG ALLOWS This handle will operate both spools
ADDITION OF POWER BEYOND PORT using only one lever handle. The
12 STANDARDOUTLET
SPOOL ATTACHMENTS two spools can be operated either
CONVERSION PLUG ALLOWS
RETURN
independently or simultaneously
ADDITION OF POWER BEYOND PORTCORE. OIL FLOWS depending on handle movement.
AROUND SPOOL TO OUTLET
OUTLET
SPRING CENTER RETURN CORE.TANDEM CENTER SPOOL
OIL FLOWS
AROUND SPOOL TO OUTLET

SPRING CENTER TANDEM CENTER SPOOL

FLOAT DETENT FLOAT SPOOL

FLOAT DETENT FLOAT SPOOL

4 STANDARD SPOOLS

WORK PORT "B" CORE

4 STANDARD SPOOLS
DIFFERENTIAL POPPET
WORK PORT "A" CORE RELIEF
WORK PORT "B" CORE INLET
"POWER" CORES FROM LOAD CHECK
DIFFERENTIAL POPPET
WORK PORT "A" CORE
RELIEF RD522GCGA5A4B1.
The above drawing shows a section view of a 2-spool valve, Model
"POWER" CORES FROM LOADas
CHECK INLET
This is shown a representative valve model. Other models will differ in appearance.
VALVES

LOAD CHECK: OPEN CENTER APPLICATIONS:

The load check feature is standard on all The Standard RD-5000 Series Valves are open center type valves.
RD-5000 series valves. Each spool has a For open center valves the hydraulic oil is directed from the inlet to the
separate load check. The load check will outlet, or power beyond, through the open center passage when the
prevent the fall of a cylinder as the spool spools are in neutral. Moving one or more spools closes off the open
is shifted. It also prevents the back-flow of center passage and directs oil to the work ports.
oil from the work port to the inlet. As shown
below the pump must build up enough Open center systems most often contain fixed displacement pumps.
pressure to overcome the pressure on the The PMC hydraulic PTO pumps are fixed displacement gear pumps.
work port caused by the weight of the load The maximum pressure in an open center system is controlled by a
before the cylinder can move. relief valve. The RD-5000 series valves have a built in relief valve for
Please note that the load check has nothing this purpose.
to do with how well the valve will hold up a RD-5000 Series spool options A, C, E and G are all open center spools
cylinder with the LOAD
spool in neutral. The load when used with power beyond options A, B, C and F.
check is functional only when the spool is
shifted.
LOAD CLOSED CENTER APPLICATIONS:
CYLINDER RD-5000 Series Valves are available as closed center type valves. For
WORK PORT "A"
closed center valves the oil through the open center passage is blocked
WORK PORT "B" LOAD CHECK
POPPET
when the spools are in neutral.
CYLINDER SPOOL SHIFTED
FULLY "OUT"Closed center systems often use a variable displacement pressure
WORK PORT "A" compensated pump. When this type of pump is used in a closed center
LOAD CHECK
WORK PORT "B"
POPPET system the system pressure is controlled by the pressure compensator.
SPOOL SHIFTED
FULLY "OUT" When the spools of RD-5000 series valve are in neutral, system
pressure is maintained at the inlet of the valve. For this reason a relief is
normally not required or must be set at a higher pressure than the pump
OIL FROM PUMP compensator. RD-5000 Series spool options C, E and G are converted
to closed center by installing a closed center conversion plug, power
beyond option D.
OIL FROM PUMP PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the
The above drawing shows a section view thru work
drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount
ports of a RD-5100 Single Spool Valve.
of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral.
CATV 58-10-18-01
V58 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 RD-5000 SERIES SPOOL OPTIONS
B B A
3 WAY 3 POSITION OPEN CENTER B 4 WAY 3 POSITION OPEN CENTER B A
OPTION A B B MOTOR SPOOL OPTION E B A B A
This spool option is used to control a single acting cylinder B This spool option can be used to control a bi-rotational B A
or a unidirectional motor. In neutral the work port is blocked motor or a double acting cylinder. In neutral the work
and oil goes through the open center passage to the next B ports are open to the return. This allows a cylinder B A
B B A
spool of a multi-spool valve or the power beyond of a single P-T to drift or a motor to coast to a stop. In neutral the oil P-T
spool valve. The “A” port is plugged for this option. P-T goes throughBthe open center passage to the next P-T
P-T LOAD CHECK
P-TCHECK B
spool of multi-spool valve or the power beyond of a P-T P-T B A
LOAD single spool B valve.
LOAD CHECK B A P-T B A
LOAD CHECKP-T B B A
4 WAY 3 POSITION TANDEM CENTER P-TBB AA LOAD 4 WAY 3 POSITION CLOSED CENTER P-T
B A B A
OPTION C P-T CHECK P-T
A BCHECK
BLOAD A MOTOR SPOOL B A
This spool option is used to control a double acting cylinder LOAD CHECK
This option isP-Tsimilar to spool option E except in
or a reversible motor. In neutral both of the work ports are BP-TA neutral the open center passage is blocked. This B A
blocked and oil goes through the open center passage to B A
LOAD CHECK BP-TA
function is achieved
P-T by using spool option E with
the next spool of a multi-spool valve or the power beyond of LOAD CHECK
B AP-Ta closed center conversion plug (Power beyond
P-T
P-T P-T
a single spool valve. This is the most popular spool option P-T option D). LOAD CHECK
and is used on most Prince standard valves. P-T LOAD CHECK B A P-TB AP-T B A
P-T P-T B A B A
B A B A P-T B A
B A
4 WAY 4 POSITION
B A OPEN CENTER
P-T B FLOAT
A SPOOL OPTION G P-T
B A B AP-T
4 WAY 3 POSITION CLOSED CENTER B AP-TB A P-T
This option is the same as spool option C, 4 way 3 position
B A
tandem center, with an added fourth “float” position. In B A
This spool option is similar to spool option C above except B A neutral the work P-T ports are blocked (this will hold up a P-T P-T
in neutral the open center passage is blocked. This function
is achieved by using spool option C with a closed center B A P-T cylinder) and the oil goes through the open center passage P-T
B A to the next spool P-T or power beyond. In the float position the P-T P-T B A P-T
conversion plug (Power beyond option D). P-T P-Twork ports are B open
A to the return (this will allow a cylinder P-T B A
P-T to drift or “float”) and the oil goes to next spool or power
P-T P-T B A beyond. The float position is reached by pushing the spool P-T
B A P-T
P-T B as
A
far as it will go and Is held in place by a detent. This
option must be ordered with spool action option G.
P-T
671400001 P-T DETENT RELEASE P-T
RD-5000 SERIES SPOOL ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
170003007
170003007 671400001 670500003
671400011
671400001670500003
P-T
DETENTPRESSURE
ADJUSTING
RELEASE
SCREW
PRESSURE
671400011
170003007 671400001
670500003
DETENT RELEASE
DETENT RELEASE
ADJUSTING SCREW
P-T
170003007 670500003 P-T PRESSURE
PRESSURE
3 POSITION SPRING CENTER TO 671400011
671400011 671400001 PRESSURE P-T RELEASE
ADJUSTING SCREWDETENT,
ADJUSTING SCREWDETENT RELEASE
170003007 670500003
NEUTRAL OPTION A 671400001
671400011 P-TDETENT SPOOL ‘OUT DETENT ONLY, SPRING
PRESSURE
RELEASEADJUSTING SCREW
170003007
This option has 3 positions and a spring that returns 670500003 671400001 PRESSURE DETENT RELEASE
671400011 170003007 670500003 CENTER TO NEUTRAL ADJUSTING OPTION
SCREW EPRESSURE
the spool to neutral when the handle is released. 670300001 671400011 This option provides a pressure release
671400001 detentSCREW
ADJUSTING for DETENT RELEASE

VALVES
This option is considered standard on many670300001 Prince
670500004 670500005 671400001 170003007
the spool 670500003
‘Out’ position. When the spool is manually PRESSURE
valve models. 670300001670500004 170003007 170003008
670500005 (4) 671400011 DETENT RELEASE ADJUSTING SCREW
670300001 170003008 (4)
670500003 placed in
671400001the detent position oil is directed to the ‘B’
PRESSURE
670500004 670500005
671400011
670300002 (2) work port (the port away from the handle). ADJUSTINGWhen
SCREW DETENT RELEASE
This option can be converted in the field to 3 position 670500004170003008 670500005
(4) 170003007
671400001 670500003 PRESSURE
670300001 DETENT RELEASE
detent by ordering Kit 660150002. It can be670300001 670700008 670300002
converted
170003008
170003018
(2)
170003007 (4)
(4) 671400011
670500005 670500003the pressure in the ‘B’ port reaches a preset level PRESSUREADJUSTING SCREW
670700008 670300002 (2)670500004
170003018
671400011 (4)
170003008 (4) the detent will release and the spool will center. TheSCREW
ADJUSTING
to friction detent by ordering Kit 660150003.
670700008 670500004
670300002
670300001
170003018 (4) (2)
670500005 detent release pressure is factory set at 1400 psi.
670700008 170003018
170003008
670500004 (4) (4) 670500005
670300002 (2) This pressure is adjustable from 1000 to 2000 psi.
670300001
170003008 (4)(4)
3 POSITION DETENT 670700008
670300002 (2)
170003018
670500004 The detent release pressure is adjusted by turning the
670500005
670300001 adjusting screw
(4) clockwise to increase the pressure
OPTION B 670700008 170003018
670500004
(4) 670300002 (2)
670500005
170003018 (4)
170003008
This option provides three detented positions. The 670700008 670300001
170003008 (4) and
670300002counter-clockwise
(2) to decrease the pressure. The
670300001 670500004 spool 670500005is spring centered to neutral from the spool ‘In’
spool will remain in any of the three positions in670700002 which 671200002
670500004 670700008
670500005 170003018
170003008 (4)
(4)
it is manually placed. No centering spring is provided.
670300002 (2)
170003008 position. This option can be used with spool options
670700002(4) 670700008
230009009 670500005
671200002 170003018 (4) (4)670300002
A, C or(2)E.
Note: This option does not positively lock the
670700002 spool
230009009 (4) 671200002 670500005
670700002 670500005671200002670300002 (2) 170003018 (4)
670700008
in place. Excessive vibration or shock loads
230009009 (4)may 670300002 (2)
230009009 (4) 670500005
670700008 170003018 (4) This option can not be added to a valve in the field
affect operation. 670700002
170003018 (4) 671200002
670700008 670300002 (2)
670500005 due to special machining in the body.
670700002
670700008670300002230009009
(2) 170003018
671200002 (4) (4)
This option can be converted in the 670700008 field230009009
to spring 670300002
(4) 170003018 670700002(4)(2)
670500005 671200002
center by ordering Kit 660150001. It can be converted 670700008 170003018 (4)
230009009 (4)670300002670500005 (2)
670700002 671200002
to friction detent by ordering Kit 660150003. 670700008 170003018 (4)
670300002 (2) 230009009 (4) PRESSURE 670500005 RELEASE DETENT,
670700002(4)670300002 671200002
170003018 (2)
670700008
230009009 (4)
670700008
670500005
170003018 (4)
670700002 DETENT 671200002 SPOOL ‘IN’ AND ‘OUT’
FRICTION DETENT (4)670300002 (2)
670700002 671200002
230009009 SPRING
170003018 (4)CENTER TO NEUTRAL
670500005
OPTION C 670700001 230009009
671200002 (4)
670300002 670700008
(2) 670500005
This option provides for a detent in the neutral position670700001(4) 670700008
230009009 670500005
671200002 170003018 (4) OPTION F
670300002 (2)
only. As the spool is manually moved away 230009009
670700001
from the (4) 671200002 670500005
670300002 (2)
This option(4)is similar to option ‘E’ above except the
170003018
670700001
230009009 (4) 170003019 (4) 671200002
670500005 670700008
170003018 (4) pressure release detent function is on both the spool
neutral position it will be held in place by230009009
the friction (4) of
230009009 (4) 670500005
670700008
the detent balls on the detent sleeve. Note: Because
230009009 (4)
170003019 670700001
(4)
671200001 671200002 ‘In’ and ‘Out’ positions. This option is available on
670700007170003019 670300003
230009009
(4) 671200001 (4) 670500005
the spool is held in place by friction only,
230009009 (4)670700001
excessive
670700007 671200002
170003019670300003
(4) 670500003 RD-5100 valve and number 1 spool of RD-5200 and
670500005
230009009 671200001670700001
(4) (4)
vibration may cause spool to move when
670700007
230009009
not in the670300003
670500005
671200001 670500003
170003019
671200002
(4) 670500005
RD-5300 valves.
670500005
670700007 230009009
670300003 (4)
230009009 (4)
670500003
neutral detented position. 670500005 170003019 (4) 670500003 671200001 670700001 This option
671200002 can be used with spool options C or
670500005 670700007
230009009 (4) 671200001
670700001 170003019670300003 230009009 (4)
(4) 671200002 670500005
E. This option can not be added to a valve in the
This option can be converted in the field
670700007 to spring 230009009
670500005 (4)
670300003
670500003
230009009 (4) 671200001 670500005
670700001 field.
center by ordering Kit 660150001 and to 3 position 670700007670500003 670300003 170003019 (4) 671200002
670500005 670700001 230009009 (4)
230009009
671200002 670500005
(4) 671200001
detent by ordering Kit 660150002. 670500003
670500005 230009009 170003019 (4)
(4)670700007 670500005 1670300003 POSITION DETENT SPOOL ‘OUT’ SPRING CENTER
230009009 (4)
670700003 670500007 671200001 170003019 (4) 670500003
4 POSITION SPRING CENTER TO (2) 670700007670500008
670700003
670300002
670500005
670300003
230009009
670500007170003019 (4) (4)
TO NEUTRAL
671200001
NEUTRAL DETENT SPOOL ‘IN’ FOR670500008
670700003
230009009
670700003 670300002 (2)670500005
670500009
670500007 (4)
670500008
670500007
670500003
670700007
671200001 OPTION
670300003 N
670300002 (2) 670700007
670500009 670300003
670500005 This 670500003
option uses thesame parts as option E above but is not pressure released.
FLOAT POSITION OPTION G 670300002 (2)670500009
670700003
670500008
670500005 670500003
670500007 The handle must be manually removed from the detent position. The detent holding
670500009
This attachment is used with spool option ‘G’. This670300002 (2) 670500008
670700003 670500007 force is adjustable.
option provides for spring center to neutral from
670300002 (2)either
670700003
670500008 670500009
670500007
work position. It also provides a 4th position, float670500009
670300002 (2) 670500008
detent. The float detent is reached by pushing the
670700003
670500009 2 POSITION
670500007 DETENT SPOOL ‘IN’ AND ‘OUT’ SPRING
670300002 (2) 670500008
spool in as far as it will go. In the float position both 670700003 670500007 CENTER TO NEUTRAL
670500009
work ports are open to return. This allows a cylinder670300002 (2) 670500008
670700003
670500009 OPTION
670500007 P
to drift or “float”. 670700003 670500007
670300002 (2) 670500008
This option uses the same parts as option F above but is not pressure released.
670300002 (2) 670500008 670500009
This option is available only with spool option ‘G’ and 670500009 The handle must be manually removed from the detent position. The detent holding
cannot be added to a valve in the field. force is adjustable.
CATV 59-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V59
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 RD-5000 SERIES POWER BEYOND OPTIONS
ROTARY ACTUATOR 2 POSITION DETENT,
OPTION D NEUTRAL AND
With this option, rotating the spool
SPOOL OUT
approximately 90° clockwise from This option provides
RETURN 2 detented position, neutral and RETURN
neutral moves the spool to the full spool out. TheCOREspool is prevented from going into the CORE
in position, 90° counter clockwise “spool in” position. The spool will remain in the detented E
(
to full out. There is a detent in position in which it is manually placed. The option does
OPEN OPEN
CENTER
the neutral position, and in this not positively CENTER
lock the spool in place
CORE and excessive
END OUTLET
CORE
(TO TANK)
position, the spool clevis opening vibration or shock loads may affect the operation. The
is approximately vertical. A handle three position detent kit can be converted into this option
is not included. This option cannot by ordering part No. 671200006.
be added in the field. RETURN RETURN
CORE CORE
RETURN
POWER BEYOND PLUG RETURN
POWER BEYOND CORE INSTALLED CORE
NOT PROVIDED RETURN
CORE
OPTION C 3/4 NPTF POWER RETURN
CORE
END OUTLET
OPTION A RETURN OPEN BEYOND PORT RETURN OPEN
(TO TANK)
CENTER CENTEREND OUTLET
This option provides an outlet
CORE
OPEN CORE OPTION
END OUTLET
(TO TANK)
F #12 SAE POWER
CORE
OPEN CORE (TO TANK)
only with no provision for power CENTER END OUTLET BEYOND PORT CENTER END OUTLET
CORE CORE (TO TANK) POWER BEYOND
beyond. This option can be used
OPEN
CENTER
(TO TANK) This option provides both an OPENoutlet and
CENTER PORT (CONNECT
END OUTLET
with any open center spools where CORE (TO TANK) a power beyond port (alsoCORE referred to POWER BEYOND TO DOWNSTREAM
RETURN
RETURN RETURN RETURN VALVE)
there is no need for a power RETURN
CORE as a high pressure CORE carry over port). This
END OUTLET RETURN
CORE PORT (CONNECT CORE
CORE (TO TANK) TO DOWNSTREAM
CORE POWER
beyond por t. The end outlet, RETURN allows another valve to be connected VALVE)
PORT
BEYOND
(CONNECT END OUTLET E
RETURN
shown at right, is considered CORE OPEN
downstream. OPEN When all the COREspools of a OPENTO DOWNSTREAM (TO TANK)OPEN (

standard but a top or bottom outlet RETURN CENTER RD-5000 series

END OUTLET valve are inRETURN
CENTER neutral high VALVE) C Plug No. 660312004CENTER
OPTION
CENTER
CORE CORE pressure CORE
oil can
(TO TANK) go throughCOREthe open OPTION F Plug No. 660312008CORE
CORE
can also be specified. BLOCKED
center core and out the power beyond port POWER BEYOND
When all the valves spools are in neutral oil goes through the to the inlet of downstream valve. The downstream valve only receivesPORT oil when
(CONNECT
open center core to the outlet. all spools of the first valve are in neutral. This option must be used with open
TO DOWNSTREAM
RETURN VALVE) RETURN
This option cannot be converted in the field to have powerCORE
beyond. center spools CORE RETURN
and the outlet of valve must be connected
CONVERSION
RETURN
CORE
to tank. CORE CLOS
PLUG
It also cannot be converted from open to closed center. RETURN
If the power beyond port is not (660312003)
used on a valve in an open center system the
RETURN
CONV
(6603
CORE powerEND beyond
OUTLET port must be connected to tank CORE or the power beyond plug replaced
(TO TANK)
RETURN
END OUTLET
with conversion plug 660312003. RETURN
END OUTLET
CONVERSION PLUG CORE
OPEN(TO TANK) A valve with power beyond can
CORE
be convertedOPEN
to closed center by plugging
(TO TANK) the
RETURN RETURN
VALVES

INSTALLED CORE END OUTLET

CENTER power beyond port or installing END OUTLET
CORE closed center plug 660312005.
CENTER
OPEN (TO TANK)
CORE OPEN CORE (TO TANK)
OPTION B CENTER CENTER BLOCKED
END OUTLET
CORE CORE (TO TANK)
This option is similar in function OPEN
CLOSED CENTER OPEN
CONVERSION
BLOCKED
CENTER
CENTER
to Option ‘A’ above except the CORE PLUG INSTALLED CORE
RETURN RETURN
conversion plug is installed in RETURN
CORE OPTION
CONVERSION D
END OUTLET BLOCKED RETURN
CORE
(TO TANK) CLOSED CENTER
the power beyond location and CORE
PLUG
This option converts an otherwise open
CORE
CONVERSION PLUG
END OUTLET
RETURN RETURN
the end outlet is relocated. This CORE CONVERSION
OPEN
(660312003)
center valve to closed center CORE operation. CLOSED
OPEN CENTER
(660312005)
(TO TANK)
PLUG
option should be used with the RETURN CENTER
(660312003)
CONVERSION The open center core is blockedRETURN CONVERSION
CENTER
by the CLOSED
(660312005)
PLUG
CORE CORE CENTER
open center spool options and CORE
PLUG
CORE
conversion plug. Oil cannot pass through the CONVERSION
BLOCKED PLUG
allows the valve to be converted to (660312003)
valve when the spools are in neutral. Closed
(660312005)
have power beyond function or be center systems are normally associated with
converted from open to closed center. This option is considered variable displacement pumps or any other RETURN
RETURN
the PMC Standard power beyond option because of the flexibility system
CONVERSION
PLUG where the pump flow is unloaded
CORE CORE CLOSED CENTER
it adds to the valve. when system pressure is reached.
(660312003)
CONVERSION PLUG
(660312005)
When all the valve spools are in neutral oil goes through open Note: If the closed center plug is installed in
center core to return core and then to outlet. a valve that has a relief it may be necessary to install the no relief plug or adjust
To convert a valve in the field to have power beyond, remove the relief pressure above the compensator setting.
the conversion plug and replace it with one of the power beyond Also, this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool
plugs listed. To convert valve to closed center, replace conversion leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when
plug with closed center plug 660312005. in neutral.

RD-5000 2 SPOOL SPECIAL APPLICATION VALVE

“AUTO-CYCLE” TWO SPOOL VALVE Model Number RD525MMEE5A4B1
This valve is a modified RD-5200 two spool valve that can be used to automatically
cycle a hydraulic cylinder. The spools and the valve body have been modified to
provide this function. Both spools have the pressure release detent spool attachment.
The valve is shown connected to a cylinder in the sketch below. The “B” port is
OUT
BYD

connected to the base of the cylinder. The “A” and “D” ports are tied together and
connected to the rod end of the cylinder. The “C” port is plugged. At the beginning D C
of the cycle the cylinder is fully retracted. To begin the cycle both handles are pulled
back. Oil is directed to the “B” port and the cylinder will extend until it reaches the end
of its stroke. At this point the pressure will build to the detent release pressure and
the first spool will center to neutral. Now the oil will go through the open center core
to the second spool and is directed out the “D” port to retract the cylinder. When the B A

cylinder reaches the full retract position the pressure will build to the detent release IN

pressure and the second spool will center to neutral. This completes the cycle. To
begin the next cycle both handles are again manually pulled back. Please note this
valve does not have the loadcheck feature of the standard RD5200 valve. Also the
OUT
BYD

“B” port is open to tank in neutral. Maximum detent pressure setting is 2000 PSI. D C
OUT OUT
BYD BYD

D C CATV 60-10-18-01
V60 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com
D • E-MAIL:
C [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
B A
IN
OUT
BYD

B A
IN
B A D C
 RD5000 PROPORTIONAL OPERATOR VALVE

RD5000 SERIES VALVE

WITH PROPORTIONAL OPERATORS

The RD5000 valve is available with proportional

solenoid operators. The valve will allow controlled
starts and stops of the work port flow as well as

B
control of the work port flow rate over a limited OUT
BYD
metered range. Pilot pressure to initiate spool

A
IN
shift is provided internally by means of a pressure
build-up cartridge in the power beyond port. Once HCI-PRINCE
the spool shift is initiated, load induced pressure is
required to regulate the spool position and flow. By
increasing the current through one of the solenoids,
increasing pressure is applied to a spool end,
causing the spool to shift against spring bias. Full
spool shift is at approximately 1200 mA - 12 VDC
(600 mA - 24 VDC).

The RD5000 proportional operators

are typically controlled with a thumb RD5000 Valve with Proportional Operators
or handle control and a PWM control WORKPORT FLOW VS. AMPERAGE
module. Prince offers a small thumb
35
control joystick (671300076) and 30 GPM INLET FLOW
a larger handle control joystick 30
WORK PORT FLOW (GPM)

(671300077). A PWM control module 25

(671300107) that can be used in 20
20 GPM INLET FLOW

VALVES
conjunction with these joysticks is
15
also offered by Prince. See page V52 10 GPM INLET FLOW
for details. 10
5 GPM INLET FLOW
5

0
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
AMPERAGE (mA)

RD51
MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE SPOOL RELIEF VALVE INLET OUTLET POWER PROPORTIONAL
NUMBER ATTACHMENTS LOCATION LOCATION BEYOND SOLENOID COIL
RD51 6 C A 1 A 4 H DP12Q
Single Spool #12 SAE In/Out 4 Way, 3 Position 3 Position, Spring No Relief End End Open Center 12VDC Dual Spades
#10 SAE Work Tandem Center Center to Neutral Pressure
Build-up DP12L
5 * 12VDC Dual Lead Wires
* For other non-standard relief settings, please specify: Differential D ** DP12H
Poppet Closed Center 12DVC DIN-43650
* RD516CA5A4H–DP12H–25 Adjustable Conversion Plug
The last two digits are relief pressure in 1500-3000 PSI Installed DP12D
hundreds (example: 25=2500 PSI). All Set at 2000 PSI 12VDC Integral Deutsch
relief settings are at 10 gpm & 105°F. DP24Q
** Often used with no relief. Review application 24VDC Dual Spades
DP24L
The RD5000 proportional operated valve is offered in two 24VDC Dual Lead Wires
standard models as shown below. Additional options as well as DP24H
two and three spool versions are available. Please contact sales 24VDC DIN-43650
at Prince Manufacturing Corp. for additional information
DP24D
RD516CA5A4H–DPxxx 24VDC Integral Deutsch
DP11H
RD516CA1A4D–DPxxx 110VAC DIN-43650

CATV 61-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V61
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 SOLENOID OPERATED RD5000 DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE

SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM PRESSURE................................3000 PSI
MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE........................150 PSI
MAXIMUM FLOW........................................... 25 GPM
VALVES

MINIMUM FILTRATION ........................... 10 MICRON

MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE........1800 F

See drawings 660150072 through 660150083 for

sample bills of materials.

The Solenoid Operated RD5000 Directional Control Valve allows remote electrical on-off or manual control. This
feature can be installed on the RD5100, RD5200, or RD5300. It can be installed on one or all spools of the RD5200 or
RD5300. This option can be purchased as kits and installed by customer. Complete valves are available special order
only (min. qty. 25) Consult your sales representative.

ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION The Solenoid Operated RD5000 contains two, 3 way-2
1 1 660150030 BASE ACTUATOR KIT position solenoid cartridge valves and a pilot operated
2 2 SEE CHART SOLENOID COIL piston attached to the main control spool. When both
3 1 660150037 END MANIFOLD KIT solenoids are de-energized both sides of the pilot piston
4 1 660150033 MID SECTION MANIFOLD KIT are open to tank pressure and the spool remains spring
5 1 660150035 MANIFOLD TUBE KIT (SHORT) centered. When solenoid A is energized, pilot pressure
6 1 660150036 MANIFOLD TUBE KIT (LONG) is applied to one side of the pilot piston causing the
7 1 660150046 PRES. RED. MAN. KIT (MULTI-SPOOL) spool to shift from the neutral position to work port A.
8 1 660150047 PRES. RED. MAN. KIT (SINGLE-SPOOL) When solenoid “B” is energized, pilot pressure is applied
9 1 SEE CHART PRES. BUILD-UP CART.
to the other side of the pilot piston causing the spool to
shift to work port “B”. In cases where the pilot pressure
is provided by the inlet line or #4 SAE port on valve, a
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
“Pressure Build-Up Valve” must be installed in the outlet
PRES, BUILD-UP CART. OPEN CENTER 660312012
port. Two versions of the pressure build-up valve are
PRES. BUILD-UP POWER BEYOND CART (#12 SAE) 660312014 offered. The open center pressure build-up valve and
12 VDC LEAD WIRE COIL 671302003 the power beyond pressure build-up valve. Both ver-
12 VDC DOUBLE SPADE COIL
12 VDC WEATHER PACK
671322004
671302013
sions supply 150-200 PSI pilot pressure to the sole-
12 VDC DIN 43650 COIL 671302002 noid actuator. When remote pilot is used, the pressure
24 VDC LEAD WIRE COIL 671302007 build-up is not required. Because the valve is internally
24 VDC DOUBLE SPADE COIL 671322008 piloted, overcenter or light loads can be a problem. The
24 VDC DIN 43650 COIL 671302006
120 VAC CONDUIT COIL 671302009 inlet pressure must be at least 200 psi during operation.
120 VAC DIN 43650 COIL 671302010 Restrictors can be added to eliminate this problem.

CATV 62-10-18-01
V62 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 19 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD4100 SINGLE SPOOL MONO-BLOCK VALVE

RD4100 SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE.............................. 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE............................................ 500 PSI
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE............................ 180°F

RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION.........ISO 4406 19/17/14

FLOW RATING....................................................................15 GPM

STANDARD FEATURES
• Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray
cast iron
• Load check
• Hard chrome plated spool
• Adjustable cartridge relief
• Open center, closed center, and power beyond available
• For use with system flows up to 15 gpm
• For use with system pressures up to 3000 PSI
• Optional top inlet & outlet port locations.

RD41

MODEL INLET OUTLET POWER

NUMBER PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTIONS RELIEF VALVE LOCATION LOCATION BEYOND HANDLE
2 A A 1 A 1 A 1
RD41 #10 SAE in & out 3 Way 3 Position Spring Center No Relief End End Not Provided Std. Lever Handle
Single Spool #8 SAE work Tandem Center W/Power Beyond
B 4 B Option A B 2

VALVES
B 3 Position Direct Acting Top Conversion Less Handle Only
4 Way 3 Position Detent Adjustable 2 Plug Installed 3
Tandem Center 500-1500 PSI Top Less Complete
*RD412BA5A1A1-25 C Set at 1000 PSI W/Power Beyond C Handle Assembly
C Friction Options B, C & D Power Beyond
4 Way 3 Position Detent 5 Plug Installed 5
THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE Tang Spool End
RELIEF PRESSURE IN Open Center Direct Acting with #8 SAE
Motor Spool D Adjustable Only
HUNDREDS. EX: 25=2500 psi.
ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 Float Detent 1500-3000 PSI D** 6
GPM & 105°F D Set at 2000 PSI Closed Clevis Spool End
4 Way 4 Position See SVW Center Only
** OFTEN USED WITH NO RELIEF. Tandem Center Section for For other Conversion
REVIEW APPLICATION. Float Spool Additional relief settings Plug Installed 11
Spool Actions please specify* Enclosed Handle

STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE:

All standard valves have a load check, a complete lever handle assembly, and an adjustable relief, see table below for settings. For other relief settings,
please specify.

SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTION

VALVE PART SPRING CONVERTIBLE

4 WAY 4 WAY CENTER 3 POSITION IN/OUT WORK RELIEF FROM OPEN
NUMBER 4 WAY FLOAT
3 POSITION 4 POSITION TO PORT PORT SETTING CENTER
3 POSITION DETENT DETENT
MOTOR FLOAT NEUTRAL SIZE SIZE TO CLOSED
CENTER

2000 PSI
RD412BA5A1A1 X X #10 SAE #8 SAE NO
AT 10 GPM

#10 SAE #8 SAE 2000 PSI

RD412BA5A2B1 X X YES
AT 10 GPM

#10 SAE #8 SAE 2000 PSI

RD412BB5A2B1 X X YES
AT 10 GPM

#10 SAE #8 SAE 2000 PSI

RD412CA5A2B1 X X YES
AT 10 GPM

#10 SAE #8 SAE 2000 PSI

RD412DD5A2B1 X X X YES
AT 10 GPM

CATV 63-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V63
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 19 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 RD-4100 KITS, RELIEF CURVE, & PRESSURE DROP

RD-4100 RELIEF VALVE CURVES

3000

RD-4100 SINGLE SPOOL PRESSURE DROP

2500
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
∆ P-PSI
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B
PSI 2000
(GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET

5 3 10 3 1500

10 11 42 12
1000
15 26 85 32
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
GPM

NO RELIEF PLUG OPEN CENTER

CONVERSION PLUG

SPRING CENTER
FLOAT DETENT
HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF CART.
POWER BEYOND CART. (#8 SAE)
VALVES

CLOSED CENTER PLUG

POWER BEYOND OPTIONS 3.70
2.48 PLEASE NOTE: This closed center option
OUTLET PORT LOCATION does not provide for the drain off of
.80 standby spool leakage. This can allow a
very small amount of oil to enter the work SPRING CENTER
.343 DIA. (2) ports when in neutral.
OUT

WORK PORTS A & B

1.64 1.40
3.00
A
B

IN

2.48
3 POSITION
3.75 .56 DETENT
5.34
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

9.65 660541001 SEAL KIT

660150015 LOAD CHECK KIT
STANDARD INLET 660580003 POWER BEYOND SEAL KIT
PORT LOCATION 660180001 SPRING CENTER KIT
660180002 3 POSITION DETENT KIT
660180003 1 POSITION DETENT KIT
660180051 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT
2.65 660180005 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT
660180011 HANDLE KIT
1.12
660180032 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY
660180031 PIN KIT
7.34 660280004 RELIEF PLUG
660280009 RELIEF CART. 1500-3000 PSI
8.84
660280011 RELIEF CART. 500-1500 PSI
12.41 200400030 OPEN CENTER PLUG
660280001 POWER BEYOND CART. (#8 SAE)
660280002 CLOSED CENTER PLUG

CATV 64-10-18-01
V64 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 17, 19 & 21 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL LV
MONO-BLOCK
Directional Control Valves
Especially Suited for Front Loader Market

LVS Series Circuit

Top Ported or Semi-Rear Ported

VALVES
LVT Parallel Circuit
Top Ported

LVR Parallel Circuit

Rear Ported
CATV 65-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V65
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 MODEL LVS SERIES LOADER VALVE
LVS SPECIFICATIONS
SERIES CIRCUIT (multifunction operation, simultaneous operation of
both boom and bucket)
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE.................................. 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE................................................ 500 PSI
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE................................ 180°F
RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION.............ISO 4406 19/17/14
FLOW RATING........................................................................11 GPM
WEIGHT................................................................................... 18.5lbs

STANDARD FEATURES
• Economical monoblock construction of high tensile strength gray cast iron
• Load check on each spool
• Hard chrome plated spools
• No face seals on spools
• Adjustable cartridge relief
• Power beyond available
• 4 Position Series Float Spool for loader boom
• 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket
• Molded rubber boot
• Patented dual spool lock joystick available

LVS
MODEL INLET & TANK PORT WORK PORT OPTION SPOOL & ACTION RELIEF OPTIONS POWER BEYOND HANDLE OPTIONS
NUMBER OPTION OPTIONS
LVS 1 A GR 1 A 1
Two spool Rear inlet & tank port A & C work ports on Standard No Relief Standard open center Joystick & boot w/ dual spool lock,
loader valve #8 SAE ORB top and B & D work A-B 4 way 4 position (field convertible to mounting feet down/to rear
4
Series circuit ports on rear, float, spring center #8 SAE ORB top
Direct acting
#6 SAE ORB with float detent power beyond) 2
adjustable
C-D 4 way 4 position Joystick & boot w/ dual spool lock,
500-1500 PSI set at
VALVES

B selective regen, spring B mounting feet to the left

1000 PSI
Work ports on top, #6 center with soft stop #8 SAE rear
SAE ORB 5 power beyond 3
GB Standard: Joystick & boot without spool lock,
C A-B 4 way 4 position Adjustable direct mounting feet down/to rear
*LVS1AGR5B1-25 Work ports on top, #8 float, spring center acting relief
THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE SAE ORB with float detent 1500-3000 PSI 4
C-D 4 way 3 position (set at 2000 PSI) Joystick & boot without spool lock,
RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS.
spring center mounting feet to the left
EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM 6
Pilot relief Note: Not for use with
ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. closed center sytems 8
500-3000 PSI
No joystick or handle (tang ends on
(set at 2000 PSI)
spool only)
*For other relief
settings please
specify (see
example on the left)

LVS PRESSURE DROP

110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
∆ P-PSI
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO WORK PORTS
BOOM (GPM) OUTLET WORK TO OUTLET
FLOAT
4 6 22 4
BOOM
LOWER
BOOM 6 18 44 19
FLOAT

BOOM
N
10 64 100 60
BUCKET BUCKET BUCKET
LOWER
ROLLBACK TIP REGEN
RAPID TIP
N BOOM
BUCKET BUCKET BUCKET RAISE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
ROLLBACK TIP REGEN

BOOM
RAPID TIP
660590029 SEAL KIT
RAISE 660180170 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT
660180169 SPRING CENTER REGEN KIT
JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION 671400252 ROD END
LOOKING AT HANDLE KNOB LOOKING AT HANDLE KNOB 660390016 ROD END W/STUD
REF HANDLE OPTION 1 REF HANDLE OPTION 2 671900084 SLIDING SPOOL STUD
660180154 SPOOL LOCK HARDWARE

CATV 66-10-18-01
V66 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 20 & 21 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 LVS SERIES LOADER VALVE DIMENSIONAL DATA

#8 SAE ORB REAR OUTLET PORT #8 SAE ORB TOP POWER BEYOND PORT OPTION A
(CONVERTIBLE TO STANDARD OPEN CENTER)
#8 SAE ORB REAR POWER BEYOND
1.94 PORT OPTION B 5.25
2.81 5/16-18UNC-2B
.75 2.54 1.16 2.94 (3)
.27
3.17

1.31 1.00.05 .20

C
D
1.50 1.75 (5.53 REF)
1.75
4.84

A
1.44

(.66 REF)
WORK PORT OPTION A
REAR PORT LOCATION
.87
2.08 (.34 REF) 1.22 2.75
#8 SAE ORB REAR INLET PORT (1.80 REF)

(2.61 REF)

(.82 REF) (7.5 REF)

REMOTE CABLE CONTROLS FOR PRINCE VALVES

VALVES
REMOTE CABLE CONTROL
Heavy duty remote cable controls are available for most Prince directional control valves. The compact controller
bodies are of die-cast metal construction and are available in either dual axis or single axis configurations. Dual
axis joysticks are constructed with steel swivels and anti-wear bushings. The high strength flexible control cables
are jacketed and have quick attach connections.

SINGLE SPOOL CONTROL DUAL AXIS CONTROLLER

REMOTE CONTROLLERS Prince Part No.
Dual Axis Joystick with lock 660170038
Single Axis 660170039
CONTROL CABLES
49 inches long (1.25 M) 660171125
59 inches long (1.5 M) 660171150
79 inches long (2.0 M) 660171200 Handle can be 10.00
89 inches long (2.25 M) 660171225 attached vertical as
98 inches long (2.5 M) 660171250 shown or horizontal
15.55 LOCK
VALVE CONNECTION KITS
RD5000 series kit* 660170037 .25 dia.(2)
LVS, LVR or LVT, kit (loader valves)** 660170029
SV stack valve or RD4100 kit*** 660170031 2.53
1.88
Series 20 stack valve kit**** 660170035
1.85 .32 dia.(4)
2.37
1.31

1.57
Note: One control cable and one connection kit is required for
each spool controlled. Order the remote controller, the control .91
1.98 .25 dia.(2)
cables and the connection kits as necessary to complete the
remote cable control assembly. The connection kit works for all 2.77 1.38
spool options by adjusting the locking nut. 8" MIN BEND RADIUS

* Field convertible or order option 3, less handle assembly.

** Order loader valve handle option 8, tang end only.
D

*** Field convertible from standard handle or order option 6,

clevis spool end only.
B

**** Field convertible or order option 3, less complete handle.

CATV 67-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V67
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 21 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL LVT TWO SPOOL MONO-BLOCK LOADER VALVE
LVT SPECIFICATIONS
PARALLEL CIRCUIT
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE................................. 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE............................................... 500 PSI
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE .............................. 180°F
RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION............ISO 4406 19/17/14
FLOW RATING.......................................................................10 GPM
WEIGHT...............................................................................14.6 LBS

STANDARD FEATURES
• Economical monoblock construction of high
tensile strength gray cast iron
• Load check on each spool
• Hard chrome plated spool
• Adjustable cartridge relief
• Open center, and power beyond available 5/16-18 UNC MOUNTING HOLES ON BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF VALVE
• 4 Position Float Spool for loader boom
• 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket NOTE: NEUTRAL POSITION SPOOL LOCK AVAILABLE

LVT
MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL & ACTION RELIEF VALVE IN/OUT POWER HANDLE
NUMBER PORT BEYOND
LVT 1 GR 1 A B 1
Top Ported Two #8 SAE In & Out Standard: No Relief Standard: Standard: Standard Handles
Spool Loader #6 SAE work ports A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Float, 4 Top In, Out and Open Center 2
Valve Spring Center with Float Detent Direct Acting Power Beyond (Power Beyond Clevis Spool End Only
A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Adjustable Port Plugged) 3
Spring Center with Soft Stop B Joystick for ports on bottom
500-1500 PSI
RG Side Inlet, Top Out & C (Use with GR, GB, BG or BB)
A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Set at 1000 PSI
Power Beyond #8 SAE Power 4
Spring Center with Soft Stop 5
Beyond Joystick for ports on left (Use
VALVES

A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Float, Standard:

with GR, GB or BB)
*LVT1GR5AB7-25 Spring Center with Float Detent Direct Acting
D ** 5
GB Adjustable
Closed Center Joystick for ports on top (Use
THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE A1-B1 4 Way 4 Position Float, 1500-3000 PSI
(Often Used With with RG, GB, BG or BB)
RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. Spring Center with Float Detent Set at 2000 PSI
No Relief. Review 6
EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM. ALL A2-B2 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered 6
Application.) Joystick for ports on right (Use
RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. BG Pilot Operated
with RG, BG or BB)
A1-B1 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered Adjustable 500-3000
7
A2-B2 4 Way 4 Position Float, PSI Set at 2000 PSI
Note: Valve can Universal joystick contains
Spring Center with Float Detent *For other relief be converted parts and instructions
BB settings please specify in the field. for all mountings
A1-B1 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered (see example on 8
A2-B2 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered the left) Tang Spool End Only

** PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool leakage. This can allow a very small amount of
oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. Closed center option is often used with no relief. Review application.

STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: LVT PRESSURE DROP

All standard valves have a load check, a complete
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
handle assembly, and an adjustable relief.
∆ P-PSI
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B
SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTION (GPM) OUTLET WORK PORTS TO OUTLET

VALVE PART 4 WAY

4 WAY 4 WAY 4 15 20 8
NUMBER 4 POSITION 3 POSITION
4 POSITION A1-B1 A2-B2 6 35 34 20
REGEN FLOAT
SPOOL SPOOL
SPOOL 10 95 72 50
SPOOL SPOOL
LVT1BB5AB1 X SPRING SPRING
CENTER CENTER
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
LVT1GB5AB1 X X FLOAT SPRING
DETENT CENTER 660590017 SEAL KIT
FLOAT SPRING 660180078 SPRING CENTER KIT
LVT1GB5AB3 X X 660180076 SPRING CENTER FLOAT KIT
DETENT CENTER
660180077 SPRING CENTER REGEN KIT
LVT1GR5AB3 X X FLOAT REGEN 660180073 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT
DETENT POSITION 660180011 HANDLE KIT
LVT1RG5AB5 X X REGEN FLOAT 660180072 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY
POSITION DETENT 660280004 RELIEF PLUG
SPRING FLOAT 660280009 RELIEF CART. OPTION 5
LVT1BG5AB5 X X 270006122 PILOT RELIEF CART. OPTION 6
CENTER DETENT

CATV 68-10-18-01
V68 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 20 & 21 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL LVR TWO SPOOL MONO-BLOCK LOADER VALVE
LVR SPECIFICATIONS
PARALLEL CIRCUIT
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE.......................... 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM TANK PRESSURE........................................ 500 PSI
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE........................ 180°F
RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FILTRATION.....ISO 4406 19/17/14
FLOW RATING................................................................14 GPM
WEIGHT........................................................................ 22.6 LBS

STANDARD FEATURES
• Economical monoblock construction of
high tensile strength gray cast iron
• Load check on each spool
• Hard chrome plated spool
• Adjustable cartridge relief
• Open center, and power beyond available
5/16-18 UNC MOUNTING HOLES ON BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM OF VALVE • 4 Position Float Spool for loader boom
NOTE: NEUTRAL POSITION SPOOL LOCK AVAILABLE • 4 Position Regen Spool for loader bucket

LVR A
MODEL IN/OUT POWER
NUMBER PORT SIZE SPOOL & ACTION RELIEF VALVE PORT BEYOND HANDLE

LVR 1 GR 1 A B 1
Rear Ported Standard: Standard: A-B 4 Way 4 Position Float, No Relief All Ports On Standard: Open Center Standard Handles
Two Spool #10 SAE in/out Spring Center with Float Detent End of Valve (Power Beyond Port 2
Clevis Spool End Only
Loader Valve #8 SAE work ports C-D 4 Way 4 Position Regen, 4 Plugged) 3
Spring Center with Soft Stop Direct Acting Joystick for power
2 Adjustable C beyond on Right
#8 SAE in/out RG 500-1500 PSI #8 SAE Power Beyond (Use with GR, GB, BG or BB)
#6 SAE work ports A-B 4 Way 4 Position Regen, Set at 1000 PSI 4
Joystick for power
Spring Center with Soft Stop D ** beyond on Bottom
C-D 4 Way 4 Position Float, 5 Closed Center (Use with RG, BG or BB)
Spring Center with Float Detent Standard: Direct Acting 5

VALVES
Adjustable Note: Valve can be Joystick for power
beyond on Left
*LVR1GB5AB7-25 GB 1500-3000 PSI converted in the field.
(Use with RG, BG, GB or BB)
A-B 4 Way 4 Position Float, Set at 2000 PSI
6
THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE Spring Center with Float Detent Joystick for power
RELIEF SETTING IN HUNDREDS. C-D 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered 6 beyond on Top
EX: 25=2500 PSI @ 10 GPM Pilot Operated (Use with GR, GB or BB)
ALL RELIEFS ARE SET AT 10 GPM. BG Adjustable 7
A-B 4 Way 3 Position Spring Centered 500-3000 PSI Universal joystick contains
parts and instructions
C-D 4 Way 4 Position Float, Set at 2000 PSI for all mounting options
Spring Center with Float Detent 8
Tang Spool End Only
BB *For other relief settings
A-B 4 Way 3 Position please specify (see
Spring Centered example on the left) LVR PRESSURE DROP
C-D 4 Way 3 Position
Spring Centered
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
(no float, no regen)
∆ P-PSI
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B
(GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET
** PLEASE NOTE that this closed center option does not provide for the drain off of standby spool 4 4 14 4
leakage. This can allow a very small amount of oil to enter the work ports when in neutral. Closed
8 21 31 15
center option is often used with no relief. Review application.
14 64 72 46

STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE: PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

All standard valves have a load check, a complete 660590018 SEAL KIT
handle assembly, and an adjustable relief. 660590016 POWER BEYOND
SEAL KIT
660180079 SPRING CENTER KIT
SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTION 660180074 SPRING CENTER
FLOAT KIT
4 WAY 4 WAY 660180075 SPRING CENTER
4 POSITION 4 WAY 4 POSITION 4 Way A-B C-D REGEN KIT
VALVE PART 660180073 COMPLETE HANDLE KIT
NUMBER FLOAT 3 POSITION FLOAT 3 POSITION SPOOL SPOOL
A-B A-B C-D C-D 660180011 HANDLE KIT
660180072 CLEVIS SUB-ASSY
SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL
660280004 RELIEF PLUG
660280009 RELIEF CART. OPTION 5
270006122 PILOT RELIEF CART.
LVR1GB5AB6 X X FLOAT SPRING OPTION 6
DETENT CENTER 660301001 OPEN CENTER PLUG
LVR1BG5AB4 X X SPRING FLOAT 660390008 POWER BEYOND CART.
CENTER DETENT (#8 SAE)

CATV 69-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V69
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 20 & 21 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 13.95
13.95
MODEL LVT/LVR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
9.32AND OPERATIONS
9.32
3.64
1.06 3.64
4.13 1.06 .40
4.13 .40 9.06
.38 9.06
.38 13.95

A2

B2
A2

B2
1.44 9.32
1.81 1.44
.72 4.70

A1
1.81 3.64 .72 4.70

B1
A1
1.06 2.69

B1
4.13 .401.31 2.69

T
1.31 9.06

T
5/16-18UNC (6) 1.03
PB
.38
5/16-18UNC (6) PB 1.03

A2
POWER BEYOND INLET .63 OUTLET SPOOL TRAVEL: 4.89

B2
POWER BEYOND INLET .63
2.06 OUTLET.203SPOOL
TO WORK TRAVEL: 4.89
7.44
3.47 2.06 .437 TO FLOAT AND.203
REGEN 1.44
TO WORK
1.81 7.44
3.47 .437 TO FLOAT AND.72REGEN 4.70

A1

B1
2.69
1.3114.42
P

T
5/16-18UNC (6) 7.88 14.42 1.03
PB

2.53 7.88
3.66 POWER BEYOND
#10 OUTLET .63 2.53 3.66SPOOL TRAVEL: POWER BEYOND
POWER BEYOND INLET
#10 OUTLET OUTLET
.44 4.89
2.06 .44 .203 TO WORK 7.44
3.47 .437 TO FLOAT AND REGEN

C
3.20 14.42
3.20 7.88
D POWER BEYOND
2.53 3.66
D

HCI-PRINCE
4.58 1.44 1.55 #10 OUTLET
3.19 6.34

HCI-PRINCE
4.58 1.44 1.55 3.19 .44 6.34
B

1.77 .11 .11

C
1.57
1.57 1.77 .88
.88 3.20
A

#8 WORK PORTS
D

#10 INLET .95 SPOOL TRAVEL:

#81.44
WORK PORTS

HCI-PRINCE
#10 INLET .95
4.58
1.56 1.55 3.19 5/16-18UNC (6) .203SPOOL
TO WORKTRAVEL: 6.34
3.25 1.56 5/16-18UNC (6) .396 TO.203 TO WORK
REGEN
B

3.25 .396TOTOFLOAT
.425 REGEN
1.57 1.77 .11 .425 TO FLOAT
.88
A
VALVES

.95 #8 WORK PORTS SPOOL TRAVEL:

#10 INLET
1.56 5/16-18UNC (6) .203 TO WORK
3.25 .396 TO REGEN
.425 TO FLOAT

4 WAY 4 POSITION REGEN SPOOL OPERATION

This spool option allows for these four functions of the loader bucket cylinders: “NEUTRAL”, cylinder ports blocked to hold bucket
in place; “BUCKET ROLLBACK” directs oil to hose 1 to retract bucket cylinder; “BUCKET TIP” directs oil to hose 2 to extend the
bucket cylinder with full pressure (Please Note there is a soft stop at this handle position); “BUCKET REGEN” combines the oil from
the tractor pump with the oil returning from hose 1 and it directs it to hose 2 to tip the bucket faster (referred to as REGENERATION
or “REGEN”). It is necessary to push the handle past the soft stop at the normal bucket tip position to get to the regen position. Also
Please Note that the cylinder force will be reduced when in the regen position.

4 WAY 4 POSITION FLOAT SPOOL OPERATION

This spool option allows for these four functions of the loader boom cylinders: “NEUTRAL”, cylinder ports blocked to hold boom in place;
“BOOM RAISE” directs oil to hose 3 to extend boom cylinders; “BOOM LOWER” directs oil to hose 4 to retract the boom cylinders
with full pressure (Please Note there is a soft stop at this handle position); “BOOM FLOAT” connects all boom cylinder ports to tank
allowing the boom to fall to the ground. It is necessary to push the handle past the soft stop at the normal boom down position. There
is a detent that will hold handle in the float position. While in the float position the loader boom cylinders will move up and down or
“FLOAT” to match the ground level as the tractor moves forward or backward.

Joystick Handle
The joystick handle will operate BOOM FLOAT
BOOM FLOAT
both spools using one lever
handle. The two spools can be
BOOM LOWER
operated independently or at BOOM LOWER
the same time depending upon
handle movement. Because we BOOM FLOAT
allow for maximum mounting N
N
flexibility, we have 4 options for BUCKET BUCKET BUCKET
BUCKET
ROLLBACK TIPBUCKETREGENBUCKET
the LVT, 2 options for the LVS ROLLBACK TIPBOOM REGEN
RAPIDLOWER
TIP
and 4 options for the LVR. The BOOM RAISE RAPID TIP
handle shift pattern for all is BOOM RAISE
1 2 3 4
1
ROLL BACK TIP 2 RAISE3 LOWER4 shown at right.
ROLL BACK TIP RAISE LOWER N
JOYSTICK HANDLE OPERATION
LOOKING BUCKET
AT HANDLE KNOBBUCKET BUCKET
ROLLBACK TIP REGEN
CATV 70-10-18-01RAPID TIP
V70 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
BOOM RAISE
1 2 3 4
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
ROLL BACK TIP RAISE LOWER
 Directional Control Valves

LOG SPLITTER
CONTROL VALVE

VALVES
Model LS3000

SINGLE SPOOL
MONO-BLOCK 20GPM

Model RD2500
CATV 71-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V71
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 MODEL LS3000 DIMENSIONAL DATA
On LS-3000 Models, pressure release detent is in the spool SPECIFICATIONS:
out position. 1. Max design and test pressure 2750 PSI
On LS-3060 Models, pressure release detent is in the spool 2. Max tank port pressure-150 PSI
in position. 3. Flow rating-25 GPM max.
OUTLET PORT 4. Relief valve setting-2250 PSI
4.62 5. This valve has one position pressure
.343 DIA. (3) 2.51
A & B WORK PORTS release detent with spring center to neutral.
OUTLET PORT 1.05
4.62 6. Weight: 10 lbs.
2.51 7. Recommended filtration-ISO 4406 19/17/14
.343 DIA. (3) 1.25
1.05 .44
A & B WORK PORTS
8. Max operation temp-180°F
9. In exposed environments do not mount
1.25 with spool vertical and handle end down.
OUT

INLET PORT 8.25

1.42 .44
OUT 1.84

INLET PORT 8.25

3.25 1.42 1.84
5.12
B

2.93
3.25
IN

5.12
B

1.13
2.93
IN

4.12 7.80 1.13

12.31 9.19
4.12 7.80

12.31 9.19

LS-3000 HARDWARE AND SEAL KITS

STANDARD FEATURES PART NO. DESCRIPTION
• Hydraulically balanced, hard chrome plated spool
660130001 HANDLE KIT
• Handle can be installed in “up” or “down” position 660125004 RELIEF KIT
• Detent release pressure adjustable from 1000 to 2000 PSI 660130004 SPRING CENTER CONVERSION KIT
• For use with system flows up to 25 GPM 660130003 3 POSITION DETENT KIT
• Relief valve adjustable up to 2750 PSI 660330003 DETENT SLEEVE & PISON SUB-ASSY
VALVES

• Tandem center spool (in neutral position, both work ports 660330002 DETENT ADJUSTING CARTRIDGE
blocked, pump unloaded to tank) 660130007 COMPLETE PRESSURE RELEASE DETENT KIT
660530001 SEAL KIT (CONTAINS SEALS FOR SPOOL
• Ideal for log-splitter applications. Available with 3/4” AND DETENT)
NPTF work ports for higher flow applications 200013903 VINYL SPOOL END CAP

MODEL LSR-3060 RAPID EXTEND LOG SPLITTER VALVE

STANDARD FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS:
• Hydraulically balanced, hard chrome plated spool 1. Max design and test pressure 3500 PSI
• Handle can be installed in “up” or “down” position 2. Max tank port pressure -150 PSI
• Extend flows of up to 25 GPM with inlet flows of 4 GPM 3. Nominal inlet flow rating 4 gpm
• Relief valve adjustable up to 3500 PSI 4. Standard relief valve setting – 2250 psi
• Tandem center spool 5. This valve has a pressure release detent from spool in
• Manual shift from high speed mode to high force mode w/ spring center to neutral
• Spring center 4 position spool with soft stop 6. The valve has a 4 position spool with normal extend and
• Pressure release detent on retract retract positions and a 4th rapid extend position
7. Max operating temperature - 180°F.
8. In exposed environments, do not mount with spool in the
FUNCTION: vertical position
The Prince LSR-3060-3 log splitter valve features an ex- 9. Dimensionally similar to the LS3000 valve
tremely fast “Rapid Extend” high speed mode. The LSR 10. In center position, B port connected to tank.
has been specifically designed to reduce system costs by
allowing a single stage pump to be used in systems cur-
rently using two stage (hi-low) pumps. When extra splitting B-Base end A-Rod end
force is required, the LSR allows the user to manually shift of Cylinder of Cylinder
from high speed mode to high force mode. A “soft stop” B-Base end A-Rod end
differentiates between high force and high speed modes. of Cylinder of Cylinder
Laboratory testing has not shown a significant difference
in working cycle times between single stage/rapid extend
systems and two stage systems. (Working cycle is the
average time between extending the cylinder to split the
first log and extending to split the next log after the split
wood has been removed and a new log has been placed P
on the log splitter.)
P CATV 72-10-18-01
V72 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 22 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD2500 DIMENSIONAL DATA
STANDARD FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS:
• Economical monoblock construction of high tensile 1. Max design and test pressure 3000 PSI
strength gray cast iron 2. Max tank port pressure-150 PSI
• Load check 3. Flow rating-20 GPM max.
• Hard chrome plated spool 4. Relief valve setting-1500 PSI
• Adjustable ball spring relief
OUTLET PORT 4.88 (1000 PSI to 3000 PSI) 5. Weight: 9.5 Ibs.
• Open center to closed center 3.75 conversion available on 6. Recommended filtration-ISO 4406 19/17/14
some models 1.18
7. Max operation temp-180°F
• For use with system flows to .90
20 GPM 8. In exposed environments, do not mount
• For use with system pressures to 3000.46PSI with spool vertical and handle end down.
3.00 8.25

OUT
2.13
1.50
4.88 A
B

OUTLET PORT 4.25

3.75
3.00
1.18 3.06
2.13
.90
IN

1.06
.46
3.09 7.75 3.00 8.25
OUT

12.00 2.13 9.06

1.50 .343 DIA. (3) A & B WORK PORTS INLET PORT
A
B

4.25
3.00
3.06
2.13
IN

1.06

3.09 7.75
12.00 9.06
.343 DIA. (3) A & B WORK PORTS INLET PORT

RD-2575-T4-ESA 1 PARTS BREAKDOWN

VALVES
OPEN TO CLOSED CENTER
OUTLET PORT CONVERSION This feature allows
OUT

an otherwise open center valve to be

converted to closed center operation.
As shown, a 3/8 NPTF pipe plug is
A
B

installed in the bottom of the outlet port

to block open center passage. A pipe
thread sealant should be used. This
1 feature is standard on all valves with
4 3 3/4 NPTF inlet and outlet ports. The
OUTLET PORT
pipe plug is included with these models.
OUT

2 Discard the pipe plug if the valve is

3/8 NPTF PIPE PLUG used on an open center application.
PLEASE NOTE that this closed center
A
B

PART NO. 200018002

option does not provide for the drain
off of standby spool leakage. This can
allow a very small amount of oil to enter
1 the work ports when in neutral.
4 3

2
NOTE: The Spool is
5 matched to the valve
body at the factory
3/8 NPTF PIPE PLUG
PART NO. 200018002
and therefore body
and spool are not
6
available as repair
parts.
3 POSITION DETENT

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

NON-STANDARD RELIEF SETTINGS 1 660130001 HANDLE KIT
RD2575-T4-ESA1-25 2 660125004 6 RELIEF KIT
3 660525001 SEAL KIT
THE LAST TWO DIGITS ARE THE RELIEF SETTING 4 660125002 SPRING CENTER KIT
5 660150015 3 LOAD
POSITION DETENT KIT
CHECK
IN HUNDREDS. Ex: 25=2500 PSI @ 12 GPM. ALL
RELIEFS ARE SET AT 12 GPM. 6 660125001 3 POSITION DETENT KIT

CATV 73-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V73
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 22 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 LS-3000, RD-2500 PRESSURE DROP, RELIEF CURVE AND STANDARD MODELS
PRESSURE DROP LS-3000/RD-2500 RELIEF VALVE
CURVES AT VARIOUS SET POINTS
110 SUS OIL AT 115° ∆ P-PSI 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F
RD-2500 LS-3000
3000
FLOW INLET TO INLET TO A OR B INLET TO INLET TO A OR B
(GPM) OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET OUTLET A OR B TO OUTLET
2500

PRESSURE (PSI)
5 5 20 8 3 5 4
2000
10 9 39 15 5 11 13
15 19 60 32 7 23 24 LS-3000/RD-2500
LS-3000/RD-2500
LS-3000/RD-2500
1500 RELIEF
RELIEF
VALVE
RELIEF
VALVE VALVE
CURVES
CURVES
AT CURVES
VARIOUS
AT VARIOUS
AT
SETVARIOUS
SET
POINTS
POINTS
SET POINTS
20 31 90 54 11 40 42 110 SUS
110 SUS
OIL110
AT
OIL115°F
SUS
AT 115°F
OIL AT 115°F
1000
STANDARD VALVES AVAILABLE 30003000 3000
All standard valves have a load check (except LS3000 models), a complete lever handle 500
assembly, and an adjustable ball-spring relief, see below for settings. For other relief 0 4 8 12 16 20
25002500 2500
settings, please specify. FLOW (GPM)

PRESSURE (PSI)
PRESSURE (PSI)

PRESSURE (PSI)
SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ACTION 20002000 2000 RELIEF
PRESSURE SETTING CONVERTIBLE
VALVE PART SPRING RELEASE To Specify FROM OPEN
4 WAY 15001500 IN/OUT
1500 WORK CENTER
NUMBER 4 WAY
3 POSITION
3 WAY CENTER 3 POSITION DETENT PORT Other Settings
3 POSITION
MOTOR
3 POSITION TO DETENT SPRING PORT SIZE
SIZE See Previous TO CLOSED
NEUTRAL 1000
CENTER 1000 1000
TO Page CENTER
NEUTRAL

RD-2555-T4-ESA1 X X 500 5001/2 NPTF

500 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ NO
0 0 4 408 8412 12816 16121220 GPM
2016 20
FLOW
FLOW
(GPM)
(GPM)
FLOW (GPM)
RD-2575-T4-ESA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES
12 GPM
RD-2575-T4-EDA1 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES
X X
12 GPM
1500 PSI @
RD-2575-T3-ESA1 X
X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF YES
12 GPM
1500 PSI @
VALVES

RD-2575-M4-ESA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF YES

12 GPM
RD-2508-T4-ESA1 X X #10 SAE #8 SAE 1500 PSI @ YES
12 GPM
RD-2575-M4-EDA1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 1500 PSI @ YES
12 GPM
LS-3000-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO
(detent spool out) 3 GPM
LS-3000-9 X X 3/4 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 2250 PSI @ NO
(detent spool out) 3 GPM
LS-3000-2 2250 PSI @
X
(detent spool out) X 3/4 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 3 GPM NO
LS-3060-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 2250 PSI @ NO
(detent spool in) 3 GPM
LS-3060-9 X X 3/4 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 2250 PSI @ NO
(detent spool in) 3 GPM
2250 PSI @
LS-3040-1 X X 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF NO
12 GPM
LSR-3060-3 4 WAY 4 POSITION W/ 2250 PSI @
(detent spool in)
MANUAL RAPID EXTEND X 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 3 GPM NO
LSR-3060-8 4 WAY 4 POSITION W/ 2250 PSI @
(detent spool in)
MANUAL RAPID EXTEND X 1/2 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 3 GPM NO
B A A B A
4 WAY SPOOL 3 WAY SPOOL 4 WAY MOTOR SPOOL LOAD CHECK
This spool option is used to control This spool option is used to This spool option is used to control The load check feature is standard
a double acting cylinder. In neutral control a single acting cylinder a reversing motor or a double acting on all RD-2500 valve models.
both of the work portsP-T
are blocked or a uni-directional motor. P-T In cylinder. In neutral the work ports P-Tare The load check will prevent the
and oil goes through the open neutral the work port is blocked connected to tank and oil goes through fall of a cylinder as the spool is
center passage to the outlet. This and oil goes through the open the open center passage to the outlet. shifted. It does this by preventing
is the most popular spool option. center passage to the outlet. This allows a motor to free-wheel or a the back-flow of oil from work port
The “B” work port is plugged for cylinder to float in the neutral position. to inlet. The pump must build up
B AB A B A this option. A A A B AB A B A enough pressure to overcome
the pressure on the work port and
lift the load check poppet. The
load check has nothing to do with
holding a cylinder when the spool
is in neutral.
P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T
CATV 74-10-18-01
V74 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 22 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 PRIMARY 7/8-14UNF-2A
SECONDARY
IN
SECONDARY
PRIORITY
PRIMARY
FLOW REGULATOR
7/8-14UNF-2A
IN
PRIMARY 7/8-14UNF-2A
PRIMARY 7/8-14UNF-2A
SECONDARY
IN SECONDARY
IN
.747 DIA. .685 DIA.
.745 .683
.747 DIA. .685 DIA. DESCRIPTION:
.745 .683 This valve is a screw-in cartridge style, pressure
.747 DIA. .685 DIA. compensated fixed-flow priority flow regulator. The
.747 DIA. .685 DIA.
.745
.745
.683
.683 valve delivers a constant flow to the priority port
2.062 .766 regardless of pressure on the secondary or primary
circuit. All ports can be fully pressurized.
2.062 .766

2.062 SPECIFICATIONS .766

2.062 .766
MAXIMUM PRESSURE............................... 3000 PSI
MAXIMUM INLET FLOW................................15 GPM
MAXIMUM CONTROL FLOW..........................5 GPM
FR10-3P - - - FLOW ACCURACY 1.5 to 5 GPM.....................±10 %
FR10-3P - - - MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE............................. 180°F
MODEL - BASIC -
RECOMMENDED FILTRATION....ISO 4406 17/14/19
FR10-3P
FR10-3P - - PORTS -
- PRIORITY FLOW
THE CARTRIDGE IS ALL STEEL CONSTRUCTION
NUMBERMODEL CARTRIDGE BASIC SETTING
PRIORITY FLOW
PORTS THE VALVE BODIES ARE HIGH STRENGTH
NUMBER CARTRIDGE SETTING ALUMINUM
MODEL BASIC B O 1.5 GPM PRIORITY
PRIORITY FLOW FLOW
MODEL BASIC
BUNA-N PORTS
CARTRIDGE ONLY PRIORITY FLOWFLOW INSTALLATION TORQUE 10-12 FT-LBS
2.0 GPM PRIORITY
NUMBER CARTRIDGE B PORTS O SETTING1.5 GPM PRIORITY FLOW
NUMBER CARTRIDGE V BUNA-N 3PCARTRIDGE ONLY SETTING
2.5 GPM PRIORITY FLOW FLOW
VITON 3/8 NPTF 2.0 GPM PRIORITY
B V O 3.0 PRIORITY
1.5 GPM
3P GPM 2.5
PRIORITY
FLOW
GPM FLOW FLOW
PRIORITY
BUNA-NB VITON OONLY
6S 3/8 NPTF 1.5 GPM PRIORITY FLOW
BUNA-N
CARTRIDGE
CARTRIDGE ONLY
#6 SAE 2.0 3.5
GPM GPM PRIORITY
PRIORITY FLOW FLOW FLOW
3.0 GPMFLOW
PRIORITY
V 3P 6S 2.0 GPM PRIORITY
2.5 4.0
GPM GPM PRIORITY
PRIORITY
3.5 FLOW FLOW FLOW
VITONV 3P8S #6 SAE2.5 GPM PRIORITY FLOW
GPM PRIORITY
3/8 NPTF
VITON 3/8 NPTF
#8 SAE 4.5 PRIORITY
3.0 GPM GPM 4.0
PRIORITY
FLOW
GPM FLOW FLOW
PRIORITY
6S 8S 3.05.0
GPM PRIORITY FLOW
6S
#6 SAE
3.5 GPM 4.5
PRIORITY
GPM PRIORITY
#8 SAE3.5 GPM PRIORITY
FLOW FLOW FLOW
GPMFLOW
PRIORITY
#6 SAE 4.0 GPM PRIORITY FLOW
8S 4.0YOUR 5.0 GPM
GPM PRIORITY PRIORITY
FLOW FLOW IN REG. FLOW
FOR PRIORITY FLOW SETTINGS OR PORT SIZES NOT8S LISTED, CONTACT
4.5 GPM SALES REPRESENTATIVE.
PRIORITY FLOW
#8 SAE
#8 SAE 4.5 GPM PRIORITY FLOW IN REG. FLOW
5.0 GPM

VALVES
FOR PRIORITY FLOW SETTINGS OR PORT SIZES NOT LISTED, PRIORITY FLOW
5.0CONTACT YOUR SALES REPRESENTATIVE.
GPM PRIORITY FLOW
IN SEC. REG. FLOW
FOR PRIORITY FLOW SETTINGS OR PORT SIZES NOT LISTED, CONTACT YOUR SALES REPRESENTATIVE. IN REG. FLOW
FOR PRIORITY FLOW SETTINGS OR PORT SIZES NOT LISTED, CONTACT YOUR SALES REPRESENTATIVE.
SEC.

SEC.
SEC.
IN
PRIORITY PMC CAVITY PMC10-3L
IN
.281 PRIORITY .75 PMC.810CAVITY PMC10-3L
DIA.
.281 .75 .814
IN
PRIORITY
PRIORITY PMC
PMCCAVITY
CAVITY PMC10-3L .810 DIA. #10 SAE PORT
PMC10-3L
.750
IN .281 .75 .752 DIA. .814 TAP 7/8-14UNF-2B
#10 SAE PORT
1.25 .281 .75 .810 DIA. .750
.688 DIA. .752 DIA.
.810 TAP 7/8-14UNF-2B
.814 DIA.
.690
1.25 .814 #10 SAE PORT .312 DIA. MAX
.750 .688 DIA.
#10 SAE PORT
2.50 .750
.752 DIA. .690 TAP 7/8-14UNF-2B
TAP 7/8-14UNF-2B.312 DIA. MAX
1.25 .752 DIA.
1.25 2.00
2.50 .688 DIA.
.688 DIA.
30° .690
.690 .312.63
DIA. MAX
.719MAX
.312 DIA.
2.00 .920
2.50 30°
2.50 .63 .719
.25 1.469 .920
2.00
2.00 1.810
.25 1.50 30° .63 .719
.920 1.469 30° .63 .719
2.88
1.50
.920 2.1251.810
.25 3.25 1.469 30°
.25 2.88 1.469 2.125
1.810
3.25
1.50 30° 1.810
1.50
SECONDARY2.88 2.125
2.88 2.125
3.25 30°
3.25
SECONDARY 30° 30°
.438 DIA. MAX
30°
.75 SECONDARY .438 DIA. MAX
SECONDARY
1.50 .75 30°
.438 DIA. MAX 30°
.438 DIA. MAX
1.50 .563 DIA.
.75
.75
1.50 .563 DIA.
1.50
.563 DIA.
.563 DIA.

CATV 75-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V75
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 24 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 PRESSURE COMPENSATED
ADJUSTABLE FLOW CONTROL VALVES
The PRINCE valve models RD-100 and RD-1900 are pressure compen-
MODEL RD-100 sated adjustable flow control valves. By rotating the handle, the flow out
TOP PORT FLOW CONTROL the “CF”, or controlled flow port, can be varied from approximately 0 to
the maximum controlled flow shown in the chart below. Any remaining
flow is bypassed to the “EF” or excess flow port. This flow can be used to
power another circuit or can be returned to tank. Once the controlled flow
is set it will remain nearly constant with variations in pressure on either
the controlled or excess flow ports.
Please note: If during operation the controlled flow port is blocked the
valve will compensate in such a way as to shut off flow to the excess port.
These valves can also be used as a restrictive flow control by plugging
the excess flow port.
MODEL RD-1900 The PRINCE valve models RDRS-100 and RDRS-1900 have a built in
SIDE PORT FLOW CONTROL adjustable pressure relief. For these models the excess flow port must
be connected to tank.
It should be noted that whenever these or any valve is used to bypass
or restrict, flow heat will be generated. Steps may be required to keep oil
temperature from becoming too high.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: FIELD REPAIR KITS:

Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Handle hardware 660301002
Pressure: 3000 psi max Seal Kit 660501001
Weight: RD-100 8 lbs.
RD-1900 9 lbs.

STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE

VALVES

For Other Relief Settings Please Specify:

MODEL NUMBER
CONTROLLED PORT SIZES
FLOW RANGE
RDRS-150-16-20
RD-137-8 RD-1937-8 3/8 NPTF 0-8 GPM
Relief Pressure in
RD-150-8 RD-1950-8 1/2 NPTF 0-8 GPM Hundreds Example:
20=2000 PSI
RD-150-16 RD-1950-16 1/2 NPTF 0-16 GPM
RDRS-1950-16-20
RD-175-16 RD-1975-16 3/4 NPTF 0-16 GPM
RD-175-30 RD-1975-30 3/4 NPTF 0-30 GPM Relief Pressure in
Hundreds Example:
RD-108-8 RD-1908-8 #8 SAE 0-8 GPM 20=2000 PSI

RD-112-30 RD-1912-30 #12 SAE 0-30 GPM

RDRS-150-16 RDRS-1950-16 1/2 NPTF 0-16 GPM These models have built in relief set at
1500 psi @ 10 GPM.
RDRS-175-30 RDRS-1975-30 3/4 NPTF 0-30 GPM Adjustment Range 1000 to 2500 psi

Special combinations of port size and controlled flow range are available in O E M quantities.
Please consult your sales representative.

SYMBOL CF EF CF EF

IN
RD-100 & IN RDRS-100 &
RD-1900 RDRS-1900

CATV 76-10-18-01
V76 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 22 & 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD-100 AND
CONTROL FLOW PORT RD-1900
EXCESS FLOW PORT
CONTROL FLOW PORT
PARTS BREAKDOWN ANDEXCESS DIMENSIONS
FLOW PORT
1.75 670400005 .38 3.88 670300008
1.75 670400005 .38 670300008
MODEL RD-100 .88 .88 3.88 2.05
.88 CONTROL FLOW.88PORT 2.05 EXCESS FLOW PORT
190100018 .265 DIA (2)
190100018 .265 DIA (2)
1.75 670400005 .38 1.00 1.00
240000912 3.88 670300008 PART NUMBER WILL BE
670400004
240000912 PART NUMBER
STAMPEDWILL BE LOCATION
IN THIS
.88
4.13 670400004 .88 2.05 STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
4.13 190100018 .265 DIA (2)
230005093
230005093 1.00 2.38 PART NUMBER WILL BE
240000912
670400004 2.38 STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
4.13 670400006 671600002
670400006 671600002 671800010
230005093 ROTARY SPOOL RDRS MODEL 671800010
ROTARY SPOOL 671500004
2.38 RELIEF VALVE PARTS 671500004671800002
220000762 1.18 671800002
2.88
2.88 670400006
220000762 1.18 670801001 671600002
3.34 2.31 670801001 671800010
3.34 ROTARY SPOOL 2.31 5.00
.13 240000116 5.00 671500004
.13 240000116 INLET 671800002
240016072 220000762 INLET MAIN SPOOL
2.88
240016072 1.18 670801001 MAIN SPOOL
2.31 ADJUSMENT
3.34 ADJUSMENT
5.00 670300011SCREWSCREW
.13 240000116 670300011
230009014
671900001
INLET 671900001
240016072 MAIN SPOOL 230009014
ADJUSMENT
670300011 SCREW
MODEL RD-1900 670300008 230009014
671900001
1.75 CONTROL FLOW PORT670300008 EXCESS FLOW
1.75 CONTROL FLOW PORT EXCESS FLOW
PORT
.88 .38
.88 670400005 3.88 PORT
670400005 .38 3.88
1.75 190100018 670300008
CONTROL FLOW PORT
190100018 EXCESS FLOW
.88 1.69 PORT .265 DIA (2)
670400005 .381.69 .88 3.88 .265 DIA (2)
.88
4.81 670400004 PART NUMBER WILL BE
4.81 190100018
670400004 PART NUMBER
STAMPEDWILL BE LOCATION
IN THIS
230005093 STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION
230005093 1.69
240000912 .265 DIA (2)
240000912 .88 2.16
2.16
4.81 670400004 670400006 PART NUMBER WILL BE
671600002
671600002
STAMPED IN THIS LOCATION

VALVES
230005093 670400006
ROTARY SPOOL
240000912
ROTARY SPOOL 2.16
2.88 1.18 671600002
2.88 3.34 670400006
220000762 1.18
220000762 2.31 670801001
.13 3.34 2.31 670801001
240000116
ROTARY SPOOL 5.00
.13 240000116 5.00
240016072 INLET MAIN SPOOL
2.88
240016072 1.18 INLET MAIN SPOOL
3.34 220000762 2.31 670801001
.13 240000116 APPLICATIONS: 5.00
As illustrated in 240016072
the circuit below the RD-100/RD-1900 INLET or returned to tank. Instead of the control flow directly
MAIN SPOOL
adjustable flow control valves can be used to control the supplying a motor it can be used as an adjustable priority
speed of a hydraulic motor. In this circuit oil from a source is divider and provide adjustable priority flow to a directional
directed into the inlet of the valve. By moving the handle the control valve bank. Also as illustrated the RD-100/RD-1900
flow can be varied from approximately zero when handle is can be used as a restrictive type flow control. In this circuit
vertical to maximum when the handle is horizontal. Oil not the excess flow port is blocked. This would normally be
going to the controlled flow port is bypassed to the excess used with a pressure compensated pump or in a closed
flow port where it can be used to supply another circuit center system.

BYPASS FLOW CIRCUIT RESTRICTIVE FLOW CIRCUIT

MOTOR MOTOR
MOTOR MOTOR

MOTOR MOTOR
TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT
TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT

(CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT) (CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT

(CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT) (CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT
FLOW PORT) TO TANK OR SECONDARY CIRCUIT FLOW PORT) PLUGGED)
FLOW PORT) FLOW PORT) PLUGGED)

(CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT) (CONTROLLED (EXCESS FLOW PORT

FLOW PORT) RD-100 FLOW PORT) PLUGGED) RD-100
RD-100 RD-100
(INLET) (INLET)
(INLET) (INLET)
RD-100 RD-100

(INLET) (INLET)
CATV 77-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V77
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 CONSTANT VOLUME
PRIORITY DIVIDERS

MODEL RD-400 The PRINCE model RD-400 is a constant volume priority divider. It can
FIXED FLOW PRIORITY be used in applications where two circuits are to be supplied by a single
DIVIDER pump such as power steering systems. In operation the flow of oil supplied
to the inlet is divided into two flows, the priority flow and the excess flow.
The priority flow will remain nearly constant with variations in pressure on
either the priority or excess flow port and will also remain nearly constant
with variations in the inlet flow.
The priority flow GPM is determined by a fixed orifice inside the main
spool. The desired priority GPM must be specified with model number,
see below. The PRINCE model RD-400R provides the same function as
described above with the addition of a built in pressure relief for the priority
port only. This relief is internally adjustable and requires a separate line to
tank. The relief is factory set at 1500 PSI. Relief Range is 500 to 2500psi.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-400 7 Ibs.
Pressure: 3000 psi max RD-400-R 7.5 Ibs.
MODEL RD-400-R
FIXED FLOW PRIORITY
DIVIDER WITH PRIORITY
PRESSURE RELIEF STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE PRIORITY
GPM
PORT SIZE
1.5
VALVE INLET AND PRIORITY 2
MODEL NUMBER EXCESS PORT PORT 3
4
RD-400- ____ RD-400-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF
VALVES

5
RD-405- ____ RD-405-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 6
RD-412- ____ RD-412-R-____ #12 SAE #8 SAE 7
RD-450- ____ RD-450-R-____ 1/2 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 8
RD-455- ____ RD-455-R-____ 1/2 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 9
RD-477- ____ RD-477-R-____ 3/4 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 10
12
To complete the model number fill in the blank with the 14
desired priority GPM from the list at right.
EX: RD-400-3 for 3 GPM priority flow; RD-405-R-6 for 6 GPM
priority flow.

MODEL RD-500 The PRINCE model RD-500 is an adjustable constant volume priority
ADJUSTABLE FLOW divider. This valve provides the same function as the PRINCE model
PRIORITY DIVIDER RD-400 except the priority flow is adjustable from 2 GPM to 12 GPM.
The priority flow is set using the adjusting screw and is then locked in
place to maintain setting. This allows setting to be fine tuned in the field
to the exact flow needed.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow
Pressure: 3000 psi max
Weight: 7 Ibs.

STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE

VALVE MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE

RD-537 3/8 NPTF

RD-550 1/2 NPTF
RD-575 3/4 NPTF

CATV 78-10-18-01
V78 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD-400, RD-400R AND RD-500
PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS

RD-400 4.63
3.88 EXCESS FLOW
1.75 .38 PRIORITY FLOW
.88 2.05 .91 SYMBOL
.265 DIA (2)
CF EF
1.00
240000912

671600002

4.13

IN RD-400

VALVE BODY
INLET
670300008
SPOOL 2.31
ORIFICE PLUG SEAL KIT NO. 660504001

RD-400R
4.63
3.88
1.75 .38 PRIORITY FLOW EXCESS FLOW SYMBOL
.88 2.05 .91 CF EF
.265 DIA (2)
1.00
240000912

671600002

VALVES
4.13 ADJUSTMENT
SCREW T IN RD-400R

VALVE BODY
3/8 NPTF
INLET
TANK PORT
ALL MODELS 2.31

660204001 ORIFICE PLUG

RELIEF CARTRIDGE
SPOOL
670300008
SEAL KIT NO. 660504002

RD-500 4.63
3.88
1.75 .38 PRIORITY FLOW EXCESS FLOW
.88 2.05 .91 SYMBOL
.265 DIA (2) CF EF
1.00
240000912

671600002
4.13

ADJUSTMENT IN
RD-500
SCREW

VALVE BODY
INLET
2.31

660305001
PLUG
SPOOL SEAL KIT NO. 660505001
670300008

NOTE: spools are not available separately

CATV 79-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V79
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 PRESSURE COMPENSATED
PROPORTIONAL FLOW DIVIDERS
MODEL RD-200 The PRINCE model RD-200 valve is a pressure compensated proportional flow
PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER divider. The standard models of this valve will take one inlet flow and split it into two
nearly equal outlet flows. The valve is also available with special ratio spools which
will split the flow into two flows proportional to the ratio specified. Because the valve
is pressure compensated the valve will maintain the divider ratio with quite different
loads on the outlet ports as long as the inlet flow is within the range given in the chart
below. Flow through the RD-200 cannot be reversed.

The PRINCE model RD-300 provides the same function as the RD-200 with the added
feature of free reverse checks. This allows the reverse flow of oil from the outlet ports
to the inlet port. The reverse flow is not pressure compensated.
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-200 7 Ibs.
MODEL RD-300 Pressure: 3000 psi max RD-300 7 Ibs.
PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER
WITH FREE RETURN CHECKS STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE
DIVIDER INLET FLOW
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE
RATIO RANGE

RD-237-8 RD-337-8 50:50 3/8 NPTF 4-8 GPM

RD-250-16 RD-350-16 RD-350-AB-16 50:50 1/2 NPTF 8-16 GPM
RD-275-30 RD-375-30 RD-375-AB-30 50:50 3/4 NPTF 16-30 GPM
RD-208-8 RD-308-8 50:50 3/4 16 SAE 4-8 GPM
RD-212-30 RD-312-30 50:50 1-1/16-12 SAE 16-30 GPM
In OEM quantities the RD-200 and RD-300 valves are available with special divider ratios. Ratios available
are: 2:1, 80:20, 70:30, 60:40, and others as required. When ordering specify the divider ratio after the model
number. EXAMPLE: RD-250-16 (70:30)

MODEL RD-500P The PRINCE model RD-500P is a pressure compensated proportional flow divider
VALVES

PROPORTIONAL DIVIDER valve with one fixed and one adjustable orifice. This valve provides the same function
WITH ADJUSTABLE ORIFICE as the RD-200 except the divider ratio can be changed in the field.
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: RD-500P 7 Ibs.
Pressure: 3000 psi max
STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE INLET FLOW RANGE
RD-537P-8 3/8 NPTF 4-8 GPM
RD-550P-16 1/2 NPTF 8-16 GPM
RD-575P-30 3/4 NPTF 16-30 GPM

The PRINCE valve model RD-1000S is an internally piloted adjustable sequence valve.
MODEL RD-1000S This valve will prevent the flow of oil from going to the sequence port until the pressure
INTERNALLY PILOTED on the inlet port reaches the sequence pressure. The sequence pressure is adjustable
SEQUENCE VALVE WITH within the range given in chart below. A built in check valve allows flow from sequence
EXTERNAL DRAIN port to inlet. To operate properly the drain port must be connected to tank. This
valve is a spool type sequence valve and will provide smooth operation but should not
be used in applications that require low leakage.
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 7 Ibs.
Pressure: 3000 psi max

STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE

SPRING SEQUENCE
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE INLET DRAIN PRESSURE
AND SEQUENCE PORT
L 40-350 PSI
RD-1050S___ 1/2 NPTF 3/8 NPTF M 350-1700 PSI
RD-1075S___ 3/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF H 1400-2500 PSI

To complete the model number fill in the blank with the spring letter that corresponds to desired counter
balance pressure range. EXAMPLE: RD-1050SM for 350-1700 psi spring range.
Standard settings are 300 psi, 1500 psi and 1500 psi for ranges L, M and H respectively.

CATV 80-10-18-01
V80 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 22 & 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD-200, RD-300, RD-300AB, RD-500P,
AND RD-1000S PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS
RD-200 4.63
3.88 OUTLET
OUTLET
1.75
.88 .38 2.05 P (PSI)
.912
.265 DIA (2) 210
1.00 180 SYMBOL
240000912

-30
150

00
OUT OUT

0/3
120 6
0-1

20
671600002
/0 30

RD
90

-8
20

00
4.13 60 RD

0/3
20
30

RD
0
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30
IN
FLOW (GPM) RD-200
VALVE BODY
DIVIDER SPOOL INLET
2.31 SEAL KIT NO. 660502001

RD-300 200018001 OUT

SYMBOL
OUT
670804001
670300010
SEE 240000912 230009016 RD 300
DETAIL AB
AT RIGHT 671600002
ONLY

The RD-300AB valve has a

built-in automatic bypass. This
allows oil to crossover from one
660203001 outlet to the other when the
pressure difference between the

VALVES
INLET VALVE BODY two outlet reaches 750 PSI. IN
DIVIDER SPOOL RD-300 &
SEAL KIT NO. 660503001 RD-300-AB

RD-500P
SYMBOL
240000912
OUT OUT
671600002

IN
RD-500P
660305001 INLET VALVE BODY
DIVIDER SPOOL SEAL KIT NO. 660505001

RD-1000S 660310003 TANK PORT SECONDARY PORT SYMBOL

IN
240000912
240000015
671100007

ADJUSTMENT SCREW

671800001
220000765
220001302
T
671000011 RD-1000S
VALVE BODY
SPOOL SECONDARY
INLET 660203001
METERING SPRING
SEAL KIT NO. 660510001
CATV 81-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V81
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 DIFFERENTIAL POPPET STYLE
RELIEF VALVES - RV AND DRV SERIES

MODEL RV
DIFFERENTIAL POPPET
The PRINCE valve model RV is a differential poppet type inline relief.
INLINE RELIEF The valve is made up of a relief cartridge and a cast iron valve body. The
differential poppet type relief provides smooth quiet performance with a
minimum variation between cracking and full flow pressures. This type
relief is also less sensitive to system contamination. The model RV is
well suited as a system relief up to 30 GPM and 3000 psi. It is available
in two pressure ranges and both an externally adjustable and shim
adjustable version.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 3 Ibs.
Pressure: 3000 psi max

MODEL DRV
DIFFERENTIAL POPPET
DOUBLE RELIEF

The PRINCE valve model DRV is a differential poppet type double relief.
This valve uses the same relief cartridge as the model RV. The double
relief is used in systems that require cross over relief protection such as
reversible hydraulic motor, or double acting cylinders.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow Weight: 5.5 lbs.
VALVES

Pressure: 3000 psi max

MODEL RV-O The PRINCE valve model RV-0 is the differential poppet relief cartridge
DIFFERENTIAL POPPET used in many valve models. It is available preset to install into RV valves in
RELIEF CARTRIDGE the field or into a custom application. This relief cartridge can also be used
in the RD5100, RD5200, RD5300 and SV stack valve inlet section.

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow
Pressure: 3000 psi max

STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE

MODEL NUMBER MODEL NUMBER VALVE TYPE RELIEF SETTING PORT SIZE

RV-1H DRV-1HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM #12 SAE

RV-2H DRV-2HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM 3/4” NPTF

RV-4H DRV-4HH ADJUSTABLE 1500-3000 PSI 2000 PSI @ 10 GPM 1/2” NPTF

RV-2L DRV-2LL ADJUSTABLE 500-1500 PSI 1000 PSI @ 10 GPM 3/4” NPTF

CATV 82-10-18-01
V82 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 & 24 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RV AND DRV SPECIAL MODELS
RV AND MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
RV
RV
RVRV
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RELIEF TYPE PRESSURE SETTING
SPECIAL MODEL RV RELIEF VALVES RV NUMBER
MODEL PORT SIZE RELIEF TYPE PRESSURE SETTING
Other relief valve models not listed on previous RV
MODEL NUMBER PORT 1 - #12
SIZESAE H- Adjustable
RELIEF TYPE Specify
PRESSURERelief SETTING
Pressure in PSI.
MODEL RV
NUMBER PORT 12-SIZE
-#12 SAE RELIEF H-1500-3000
Adjustable
TYPE Specify
PRESSURE Relief Pressure
SETTING in PSI.
page are available in OEM quantities. To select a MODEL
RV
NUMBER PORT
1 -2#12
3/4
3-SIZE
-3/4
#10
NPTF
SIZE
NPTF
SAE SAE
RELIEF
H-1500-3000
TYPEPSI
Adjustable
L-TYPE PSI
Adjustable
Leave
PRESSURE
Leave
Specify
Blank
Blank
Relief
for Standard
SETTING
for Standard
Pressure
Setting in PSI.
MODEL NUMBER PORT RELIEF PRESSURE SETTING
model number use the order code matrix shown RV RV 1 -2#12 - SAE
1-3-3/4-#10
4#12 SAE
SAE
NPTF
1/2 NPTF H- 1500-3000
Adjustable PSIPSI Specify
H-L-Adjustable
Adjustable
500-1500 Relief
Specify
Leave Pressure
Relief
Blank Setting
Pressure in PSI.
for Standardin PSI.
at right. Consult a sales representative if options RV 12 --3#12
3/4 -NPTF
2-4-#10-1/2
53/4
SAE NPTF
NPTF
SAE
#8 SAE 1500-3000
H- L-
NH- PSIPSI
500-1500
1500-3000
Adjustable
Adjustable PSI
Non-Adjustable Leave
Specify Blank
Leave
Relief for Standard
Blank
Setting
Pressure
STANDARD for Standard
in PSI.
SETTING
other than those listed are required. 23 --43/4
#10
3-5-1/2SAE
-NPTF
#10#8NPTF
SAE L-NH-
Adjustable
Non-Adjustable
L- 1500-3000
Adjustable
500-1500
1500-3000 PSI PSI
PSI Setting
Leave STANDARD
Blank
2000 Setting forSETTING
for Standard
PSI H and NH
43 --5#10
1/2
4--#8 NPTF
1/2
OSAE NPTF
SAE
- Cartridge L-500-1500
NH- 500-1500PSIPSI
1500-3000
Non-Adjustable
Adjustable
NL- PSI
Non-Adjustable 2000
STANDARD PSI
PSIfor
Setting
1000 forHLand
SETTINGandNH NL
45 -- 1/2
#8 SAE
5 O-Only.
- Cartridge
#8
NPTFSAE
No Body. NH-NH-
Non-Adjustable
NL- Non-Adjustable
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000
500-1500 PSIPSIPSI
500-1500 STANDARD
1000
STANDARDPSISETTING
for
2000 PSI for H and L and
SETTING NHNL
5 -O#8Only. SAENo Body.
- Cartridge 1500-3000
NH-NL- 1500-3000 PSI
500-1500PSI
Non-Adjustable
Non-Adjustable PSI 2000 PSI for
2000 PSI
1000
STANDARD H
PSI for and
for LHand
SETTING NH
andNLNH
O -Only.
Cartridge
O - Cartridge
No Body. NL-1500-3000
Non-Adjustable
NL- Non-Adjustable
500-1500 PSI
PSI 1000
2000 PSIPSI
1000
PSI for HLforand
for and NL NL
L and
NH
OOnly. No No
- Only.
CartridgeBody.
Body. 500-1500 PSI
500-1500 PSI
NL- Non-Adjustable 1000 PSI for L and NL
Only. No Body. 500-1500 PSI

DRV XX XX
DRV XX XX
DRV XX XX
SPECIAL MODEL DRV RELIEF DRV
DRV XXXX XXXX
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE RELIEF TYPE RELIEF SETTINGS (PSI)
VALVES DRV
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE Port A/B #1 RELIEF TYPE Port C/D #2 XXRELIEF XXPort
Port A/BSETTINGS (PSI)
C/D
Port A/B #1RELIEF TYPE Port C/D #2 Port A/BSETTINGS Port (PSI)C/D
Other relief valve models not listed MODEL NUMBER
DRV PORT SIZE
1 - #12 SAE H- Adjustable
Port A/B #1RELIEF TYPE H- Adjustable
RELIEF
Relief
RELIEF Settings:
SETTINGS ThePort two(PSI)
(PSI) digits
MODEL NUMBER PORT RELIEF TYPE Port C/D #2 Port A/B
RELIEF SETTINGS C/D
on previous page are available in MODEL NUMBER
DRV 12-SIZE
PORT 3/4SIZE
-#12 SAE
NPTF H- Adjustable
1500-3000
PortPort
A/B #1 #1 PSI H- Adjustable
1500-3000
PortPort #2 #2 PSI
C/DC/D Relief Settings:
represent
Port A/BA/B The
the reliefPorttwo
settings
C/D digitsin 100s
A/B RELIEF TYPE Port
RELIEF SETTINGS Port
(PSI) C/D
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE 1500-3000 PSI 1500-3000 PSI
OEM quantities. To select a model DRV
DRVDRV 1 -2#12
2 -
1 - #12 3/4
- SAE
1-3-3/4
NPTF
SAESAE
3 - #10
L-
L- Adjustable
H- Adjustable
Port A/B
H- Adjustable #1 PSI
Adjustable
500-1500
1500-3000 PSI H- Port
L-
L-
Adjustable
H- Adjustable
C/D #2 PSI
Adjustable
Adjustable
500-1500
1500-3000 PSI Relief
represent
Relief
Port A/B
Settings:
the
Settings:
to the nearestThe
The
relief
100two
two
settings
Port
PSIdigits
C/D
digits
in 100s
for the
-#10
4#12 SAE
SAE
NPTF
1/2 NPTF H- Adjustable H- Adjustable torespective
RelieftheSettings:
represent nearest
the relief100settings
The
ports. PSI digits
two forinthe 100s
number using the order code DRV 21 --3#12
3/4 NPTF
2-4-#10
- SAE
-1/2
53/4 #8 NPTF
NPTF
SAESAE L- 500-1500
H-1500-3000
NH-
Adjustable
1500-3000
Adjustable
PSI
PSIPSI
Non-Adjustable L- 500-1500
H-1500-3000
NH-
Adjustable
1500-3000
Adjustable
PSI
PSIPSI
Non-Adjustablerepresent
Relief the the
respective
torepresent
the relief
nearest
Settings: settings
ports.
relief
100
The forinthe
settings
PSI
two digits 100s
in 100s
matrix at right. Consult a sales 32 --43/4
#10
3-5-1/2SAE
-NPTF
#10#8NPTF
SAE
NH-
L-1500-3000 Non-Adjustable
Adjustable
1500-3000
L-500-1500
AdjustablePSI
PSI PSI L- L-NH- Non-Adjustable
Adjustable
1500-3000
500-1500
1500-3000 PSI PSI
Adjustable PSI to the nearest
to the
respective 100
nearest PSI
relief100
the ports. for
=PSI the
800forinPSI
the
1500-3000
L-500-1500
NL- PSIPSIPSI
Non-Adjustable
NH-500-1500
Non-Adjustable L-500-1500
NL- PSIPSIPSI represent
1500-3000
Non-Adjustable
NH-500-1500
Non-Adjustable
EXAMPLE: settings
08 100s
representative if options other 34 --5#10
1/2
4--#8 NPTF
1/2 NPTF
SAE
SAE NH-
Adjustable
NL-500-1500
Non-Adjustable
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000
NH- PSI
PSI
Non-Adjustable NH-
Adjustable
NL-500-1500
Non-Adjustable
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000
NH- PSIPSI
Non-Adjustable
respective
to EXAMPLE:
respective
the ports.
nearest 10008
ports.17==800
PSI for PSIPSI
the
1700
than those listed are required. 45 -- 1/2
#8
5 - SAE
#8
NPTFSAE 500-1500 PSI
NL- 500-1500
1500-3000 PSI
PSIPSI
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000
500-1500 PSI
500-1500
1500-3000
NL- PSI
PSIPSI
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000
EXAMPLE:
respective ports.0817 = 1700
= 800 PSIPSI
5 - #8 SAE NH- Non-Adjustable NH- Non-Adjustable EXAMPLE:
EXAMPLE: 0817 =08800
==1700PSIPSI
800 PSI
NL- Non-Adjustable
500-1500
NL- PSI
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000 PSI NL- Non-Adjustable
500-1500
NL- PSI
Non-Adjustable
1500-3000 PSI
500-1500 PSIPSI 500-1500 PSIPSI EXAMPLE: 08 17 ==17800
1700
= 1700 PSIPSI
PSI
NL- 500-1500
Non-Adjustable NL- 500-1500
Non-Adjustable
500-1500 PSI 500-1500 PSI 17 = 1700 PSI

RV-SERIES MOUNTING 0.28

DIMENSIONS
DIA. (2) RV-SERIES RELIEF CURVES
0.28 DIA. (2)

VALVES
1.50
0.28 DIA. (2) 1.50 AT VARIOUS SET POINTS.
1.62 0.280.28
DIA.DIA.
(2) (2) AT VARIOUS SET POINTS.
1.62 1.25 1.50 110 SUSSET
AT VARIOUS OIL AT 115°F.
POINTS.
1.501.50 110 SUSSET
OILPOINTS.
AT 115°F.
PRESSURE

0.28 DIA. (2) 1.25

3.251.62
2.50 2.78 ATAT
VARIOUS
VARIOUS SET POINTS.
PRESSURE

3.25
1.621.62 1.25 2.50 2.78 1.50 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.
AT110
VARIOUS
SUS SET
OIL POINTS.
ATAT
115°F.
PRESSURE

3.25 1.251.25
2.50 2.78 110 SUS OIL 115°F.
PRESSURE

3.253.251.62 3000 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.

PRESSURE

1.25 2.502.50 2.782.78 0.94 3000

PRESSURE

3.25 0.94
TANK PORT 2.50 2.78 3000
1.22 0.94
1.22 TANK PORT PRESSURE PORT (2) 3000 2500
3000
5.06 0.940.94 PRESSURE PORT (2) 2500
1.22 TANK
5.06 PORT 3000
0.94 PRESSURE PORT (2) 2500
(PSI)

1.221.22 TANKTANKPORT
PORT
5.06 PRESSURE PORT (2) (2) 2500 2000
(PSI)

PRESSURE PORT 2500

1.22 TANK
5.065.06 PORT 2000
PRESSURE
(PSI)

PRESSURE PORT (2) 2500

2000
PRESSURE
(PSI)(PSI)

5.06
(PSI)

DRV-SERIES MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 2000 1500

2000
PRESSURE

RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500

PRESSURE

2000
PRESSURE

RELIEF
FOR C/D CARTRIDGE
PASSAGE 1500
RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR C/D PASSAGE
PRESSURE

RELIEF
FOR A/BCARTRIDGE
PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500 1000
1500
FOR A/B PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) RELIEF
FOR CARTRIDGE
C/D
RELIEF PASSAGE
CARTRIDGE 1000
RELIEF CARTRIDGE FOR C/DCARTRIDGE
PASSAGE 1500
FOR
RELIEF C/D PASSAGE 1000
DD

B B

RELIEF
FOR CARTRIDGE
A/B
RELIEF PASSAGE
CARTRIDGE 0.343 DIA. (2)
FOR A/BCARTRIDGE
FOR PASSAGE
A/B 0.343 DIA.DIA.
0.343 (2) (2) FOR C/D PASSAGE 1000500
1000
RELIEF 4.50PASSAGE 1000
500
D D

B B

FOR A/B4.50
PASSAGE 0.343 DIA. (2) 500
D D

B B

4.50 500500
4.504.50 3.50 0 5 10 15 20 25
3.50 500 0 5 10
FLOW 15
(GPM) 20 25
4.50 3.50 0 5 FLOW (GPM)
10 15 20 25
2.88 3.503.50 0 0 5 5 10 15 15 20 20 25 25
10 (GPM)
FLOW
2.88 1.63 FLOW (GPM)
2.88
3.50 1.63 MACHINING DIMENSIONS
0 5 10FLOW 15
(GPM) 20
NO. 10 SAE PORT
25
0.50
CC

A A

2.882.88 0.50 1.63 FOR RELIEF VALVE FLOW (GPM)

NO. 10 SAE PORT 7/8-14 UNF-2B X .625 DEEP
1.13 1.631.63
2.88 3.44 0.50 CARTRIDGE 7/8-14
NO. UNF-2B
10 SAE PORTX .625 DEEP
C C

A A

1.13 3.44 NO. 10 SAE

7/8-14 PORT
2.00 0.500.50 1.63 NO. 10UNF-2B
SAE X .625 DEEP
PORT
C C

A A

TANK CAVITY
1.13 2.00 3.447.00 TANK CAVITY
7/8-14
NO. 10UNF-2B
7/8-14 UNF-2B
SAE X .625
PORT DEEP
X .625 DEEP
1.131.13 7.00
3.443.44 0.50
2.00
FIELD CONVERSION KITS: TANK CAVITY 7/8-14 UNF-2B X .625 DEEP
2.002.00
1.13 7.00
660250002 3.44
ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000
7.007.00 PSI RV ONLY TANK CAVITY
TANK CAVITY 1.280 1.637
2.00
660250003 ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 500-1500 1.13 DIA 1.280 1.637
7.00 PSI* TANK CAVITY 1.13 DIA 1.637
660250004 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 PSI RV ONLY 1.280 1.637
660250005 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 500-1500 PSI* 1.13 DIA 1.280 1.637
1.280
1.131.13
DIADIA
660250011 ADJ. RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 PSI DRV ONLY 1.280 1.637
660250012 NON-ADJUSTABLE RELIEF CARTRIDGE 1500-3000 DRV ONLY 1.13 DIA PRESSURE
30°
660590001 RV SEAL KIT 30° PRESSURE
.687 DIA.
660590004 DRV SEAL KIT 30° .690 PRESSURE
.687 DIA.
670300005 1500-3000 PSI RELIEF SPRING 30°30° .690PRESSURE
.687 PRESSURE
DIA.
670300006 500-1500 PSI RELIEF SPRING 30° .687
.690 PRESSURE
.687DIA.
.690.690 DIA.
.687 DIA.
* NOTE: THESE CARTRIDGES ARE THE SAME ON BOTH RV AND DRV VALVES .690
CATV 83-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V83
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 24 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MODEL RD-1800 PRESSURE RELIEF
RELIEF VALVEMODEL
CURVE RD-900 SELECTOR VALVE
RELIEF VALVE CURVE
AT VARIOUS SET POINTS
AT VARIOUS SET POINTS
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.
RELIEF
MODEL VALVE CURVE
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.
RD-1800 The PRINCE valve model RD-1800 is a direct acting ball/spring type pressure
AT VARIOUS SET POINTS 2000 relief. The valve is compact and simple in design. This type relief is fast
110 SUS BALL/SPRING TYPE
2000OIL AT 115°F.
opening and is well suited for pressure spike protection. The performance
1800
2000 1800 DIRECT ACTING RELIEF curves below indicate the low cracking pressure typical to ball/spring reliefs.P
RD-1800
RELIEF VALVE 1600
CURVE
1800 1600AT VARIOUS SET POINTS Please refer to the model RV relief for a system pressure relief.P The valve is
RD-1800

1400
110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.
1400 available with a standard steel seat, model RD-1800S, RD-1800 P or with a hardened
1600
1200 seat, model RD-1800H. Both models are externally adjustable.
PRESSURE (PSI)
2000
1200
PRESSURE (PSI)

1400
1800 1000 SYMBOL
1200 1000 VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:
PRESSURE (PSI)

RD-1800 P
1600800 800 Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow
1000
1400600 600 Pressure: 2500 psi max
800
400
Weight: 2 Ib. T
T
1200400 Adjustment Range: 1000 PSI to 2500 PSI
PRESSURE (PSI)

600 RELIEF VALVE CURVE

1000 VARIOUS SET POINTS200
AT200 T
400 110 SUS OIL AT 115°F.
800 0 4 8 12 16 20 24
200 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 FLOW (GPM)
2000
600 FLOW (GPM)
0 4 8 12 16 20 24
1800 T
400 FLOW (GPM)
RD-1800 P
1600
200
1400 4.56
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 4.56 .69 PRESSURE PORT (2)
1200 .69 PRESSURE PORT (2)
PRESSURE (PSI)

FLOW (GPM)
4.56
1000 .69 PRESSURE PORT (2)

TANK
800 1.50
1.50 TANK
600
TANK

1.50 4.56
.69 RD-1800HPRESSURE PORT (2) T
400 RD-1800H 2.13
RD-1800S2.13 671500004
200 RD-1800S
RD-1800H 671500004 671800002
2.13 671800002
TANK
VALVES

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 RD-1800S 1.50 671500004 671900001

FLOW (GPM) 1.50 671800002 671900001
1.50
RD-1800H 671900001
1.50 2.13
RD-1800S 671800010
STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE 671500004
671800010 670300011
671800002
670300011 230009014
MODEL # PORT SIZES MAX FLOW 4.56 671800010
.69 230009014 671900001
PRESSURE670300011
PORT (2)
RD-1837S 3/8 NPTF 8 GPM 1.50
230009014
RD-1850H 1/2 NPTF 16 GPM NOTE: Relief settings are 1500 PSI @ 12 GPM.
TANK

RD-1850S 1/2 NPTF 16 GPM 1.50 For non-standard

671800010 relief settings specify PSI in
hundreds and GPM after model number.
670300011
RD-1875S 3/4 NPTF 20 GPM 230009014EX: RD-1850S-12-10 for 1200 PSI @ 10 GPM
RD-1800H
2.13
RD-1800S 671500004
The PRINCE valve model RD-900 is a manual 3-way 2-position
MODEL RD-900 671800002
selector valve. This valve will allow one pump source to supply two
SELECTOR VALVE separate circuits.
1.50
671900001
Pushing the handle in diverts oil flow to port away
from handle. Pulling the handle out diverts oil flow to port nearest
handle. RD-900
RD-900
671800010 SYMBOL
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS 670300011 RD-900
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow 4.49
230009014 4.49
.31 3.88
Pressure: 3000 psi max .31 3.88 2.05 .91
Weight: 7 lbs. 1.75 4.49 2.05 .91 OUTLETS .265 DIA (2)
1.75 .31 .87 3.88 OUTLETS .265 DIA (2)
.87 2.05 .91 RD-900
1.75 OUTLETS .265 DIA (2)
.87
4.49
.31 3.88
4.13 2.05 .91
4.13 1.75 OUTLETS .265 DIA (2)
.87
STANDARD MODELS 4.13
230017018
MODEL # PORT SIZES 230017018
240016074
240016074 240016071
RD-950 1/2 NPTF 4.13 230017018240016071 RD-900 2.25
INLET
2.25 190100019
RD-975 3/4 NPTF 240016074 INLET 190100019
240016071 2.25
INLET 4.49 190100019
SEAL KIT 660590025 .31 3.88
230017018 .91
2.05
1.75 240016074 OUTLETS .265 DIA (2)
.87 240016071 CATV 84-10-18-01
V84 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
INLET
2.25
190100019
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
4.13
 SINGLE SELECTOR VALVE

The PRINCE valve model SS is a manual 3-way 2 position selector valve. This
MODEL SS SELECTOR valve will allow one pump source to supply two circuits. With the standard selector
spool pulling the spool out diverts oil to port nearest handle, pushing the spool
in diverts oil to the port away from the handle. The valve has an inlet on both the
bottom and front of the valve body. Special options include lever handle and a
float spool. The float spool connects the inlet to both outlets when the spool is
pushed in and blocks both outlets when spool is pulled out.
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: KITS:
Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow END CAP KIT 660170009
LEVER HANDLE KIT 660170007
Pressure: 3000 psi*
SEAL KIT 660590006
Weight: 4 lbs. KNOB PART NO. 670400031
SNAP RING PART NO. 230017021
*For use at 3000 psi, a lever handle CLEVIS PART NO. 671900011
SS SELECTOR SPOOL (handle option E) is recommended. SPRING OFFSET KIT 660170008

SYMBOL
SS SELECTOR SPOOL STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE
SS
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE DESCRIPTION
SS
1/2 NPTF SELECTOR WITH
SS FLOAT SPOOL SS-2A1D MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL SPOOLKNOB HANDLE
ATTACHMENTS HANDLE
SS-3A1D #8 SAE SELECTOR WITH KNOB HANDLE
SS FLOAT SPOOL SS-2A1A SS
MODEL1/2 NPTF
1-3/8
PORT NPTFSIZE SELECTOR A
SPOOL WITHOUT ATTACHMENTS
1-NONEATTACHMENTS
SPOOL (standard) A-NONEHANDLE
SS-2A1E 1/2 NPTF
2-1/2 NPTF SELECTOR
SELECTOR WITH 2-END CAP ONLY
LEVER HANDLEB-CLEVIS ONLY
SS SELECTOR SPOOL (standard) 3-SPRING OFFSET, C-CLEVIS W/
SS SELECTOR SPOOL SS-2A1B SS1/2 NPTF(standard)
1-3/8 NPTF SELECTOR A WITH 1-NONE
CLEVIS (standard) A-NONE
PINS AND LINK
SELECTOR SPOOL OUT
2-END CAP ONLY B-CLEVIS ONLY
2-1/2
3-#8 SAENPTF B 4-HEAVY SPRING D-KNOB (standard)
(standard) 3-SPRING OFFSET, E-LEVER C-CLEVIS W/
HANDLE
(standard) FLOAT OFFSET, SPOOL OUT
SS 4-#10 SAE SPOOL OUT PINS AND
R-ROLLER (use LINK
SS 3-#8 SAE B 4-HEAVY SPRING D-KNOB (standard)
w/attachment 4)
FLOAT OFFSET, SPOOL OUT E-LEVER HANDLE
4-#10 SAE R-ROLLER (use
SS FLOAT SPOOL MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL SPOOL ATTACHMENTS HANDLEw/attachment 4)

VALVES
SS FLOAT SPOOL MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL SPOOL ATTACHMENTS HANDLE
SPECIAL MODEL SS SELECTOR VALVES SS 1-3/8 NPTF A 1-NONE (standard) A-NONE
SS 1-3/8 NPTF SELECTORA 2-END1-NONE (standard) B-CLEVIS
A-NONE
ONLY
Other selector valves not listed as standard above 2-1/2 NPTF
SELECTOR 3-SPRING
CAP ONLY
2-END CAP ONLY C-CLEVIS B-CLEVIS
W/ ONLY
2-1/2 NPTF (standard) OFFSET,
are available in OEM quantities. To select a model (standard) (standard) OUT OFFSET, PINSC-CLEVIS
3-SPRING
SPOOL AND LINKW/
(standard)
number use the order code matrix at right. Consult a 3-#8 SAE B SPRINGOUT D-KNOB
4-HEAVYSPOOL
PINS AND LINK
(standard)
D-KNOB (standard)
sales representative if options other than those listed 4-#10 SAE
3-#8 SAE FLOAT B OFFSET, 4-HEAVY
SPOOL SPRING E-LEVER
OUT HANDLE
E-LEVER
FLOAT OFFSET, SPOOL OUTR-ROLLER (use HANDLE
are required. 4-#10 SAE R-ROLLER4) (use
w/attachment
w/attachment 4)

PARTS BREAKDOWN AND DIMENSIONS

5.32 LEVER HANDLE OPTION E

MODEL SS 3.56 KIT NO. 660170007
1.63 .97
5.32 .25 WIDE
3.56 CLEVIS
1.63 .97
.25 WIDE
3.25 CLEVIS
2.25 OPTION
3.25
1.00 'D' (KNOB)
2.25 1.19 .187 DIA PINS
1.63 OPTION
1.00 5.32 'D' (KNOB)
1.19 3.56 5.32 .38 SPOOL .187 DIA PINS
1.63 3.56 TRAVEL
.343 DIA (2) 1.63 1.06.97
1.63 .97 .25 WIDE
BOTTOM INLET LOCATION 2.13 .38 SPOOL .25 WIDE 2.08
CLEVIS
ROLLER MAY TRAVEL
BE CLEVIS
.343 DIA (2) 1.06 MOUNTED VERTICAL
FRONT INLET
BOTTOM INLET LOCATION 2.13 2.08
3.25 LOCATION OR HORIZONTAL
3.25 ROLLER MAY BE
2.25 FRONT INLET MOUNTED VERTICAL
OPTION KNOB OPTION D
2.25 LOCATION OR HORIZONTAL OPTION PART NO. 670400031
1.00 'D' (KNOB)
1.00 1.19 'D' (KNOB)
OPTION .187 DIA PINS
1.63 1.19 .187 DIA PINS
1.63 'R' (ROLLER)
'A' REF 1.98 SPOOL OUT .38 SPOOL
1.65 SPOOL IN .38 SPOOL OPTION
TRAVEL
.343 DIA (2)
(1.60 MAX SPOOL IN); .343 DIA (2) 1.06 TRAVEL 'R' (ROLLER)
'A'APPROACH
REF 1.98BOTTOM
SPOOL OUT LOCATION
INLET 2.13 1.06 2.08
15° ANGLE 2.13 1.45 2.08
@1.65
SPOOL INBOTTOM
SPOOL IN INLET LOCATION
5.10
ROLLER MAY BE
ROLLER MAY BE'A'
(1.60 MAX SPOOL
FRONT IN);INLET MOUNTED VERTICAL
15° APPROACH ANGLE FRONT INLET
LOCATION ORMOUNTED
1.45 VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
@ SPOOL IN LOCATION OR HORIZONTAL
CATV 85-10-18-01 5.10 'A'
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V85
OPTION SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER
SEE PAGE 23 & 24 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT OPTIONLIST FOR PRICING
'R' (ROLLER)
PRICE
'A' REF 1.98 SPOOL OUT 'R' (ROLLER)
'A'
1.65REF 1.98 SPOOL
SPOOL IN OUT
1.65 SPOOL IN
 MODEL DS DOUBLE SELECTOR VALVE

The PRINCE valve model DS is a manual 6-way 2 position double

selector valve. This valve will divert the flow going to two separate
hydraulic circuits. For example two double acting cylinders or two
reversible hydraulic motors can be operated by one four-way valve.
When the double selector spool is pushed in, the C and D ports (top
ports) are connected to the A and E ports (right ports). When the selector
spool is pulled out, the C and D ports are connected to the B and F
ports (left ports). An optional series/parallel spool is also available. This
spool will run two reversible hydraulic motors in series when the spool
is out and in parallel when the spool is pushed in.
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: KITS:
Capacity: 40 GPM max inlet flow LEVER HANDLE 660170001
Pressure: 2500 psi SPRING OFFSET KIT 660170003
Weight: 9 lbs. 2 POSITION DETENT KIT 660170004
END CAP KIT 660170010
SEAL KIT 660590005
KNOB PART NO. 670400029
SNAP RING PART NO. 230017018
STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE CLEVIS PART NO. 671400059

MODEL # PORT SIZE DESCRIPTION

DS-4A1E 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE SPECIAL MODEL DS SELECTOR VALVES Other
DS-5A1E #12 SAE DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE double selector valves not listed as standard are
DS-4A1D 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH KNOB HANDLE available in OEM quantities. To select a model number
use the order code matrix below. Consult a sales
DS-4A1A 3/4 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITHOUT ATTACHMENTS
representative if options other than those listed are
DS-1A1E 1/2 NPTF DOUBLE SELECTOR WITH LEVER HANDLE required.

DS
VALVES

MODEL PORT SIZE SPOOL TYPE SPOOL ATTACHMENTS HANDLE

DS 1 - 1/2 NPTF A 1 - NONE (standard) A - NONE

2 - #8 SAE SELECTOR 2 - END CAP ONLY B - CLEVIS ONLY
3 - #10 SAE (standard) 3 - SPRING OFFSET C - CLEVIS W/
PINS AND LINK
4 - 3/4 NPTF SPOOL OUT
2 POSITION SPRING OFFSET KNOB D - KNOB
(standard) B 4 - 2 POSITION DETENT E - LEVER HANDLE
DETENT (SPOOL OUT) OPTION D 5 - #12 SAE SERIES/ (standard)
OPTION 4 OPTION 3 6 - 1 NPTF PARALLEL H - HYDRAULIC
REQUIRES SPOOL
ATTACHMENT 3

2.13 CYLINDER #1 PORTS

.38

INLET PORTS
A E
SYMBOL
2.13
C D
SELECTOR SPOOL
BAFE
4.25 3.25

.406 DIA.
(2) CD CIRCUIT SELECTOR
B F

CYLINDER #2 PORTS
2.75
5.50

.187 DIA. PIN

3.25 .25 WIDE CLEVIS

1.13
CIRCUIT SELECTOR SERIES/PARALLEL

CATV 86-10-18-01
V86 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 & 24 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVES

MODEL RD-1400 The PRINCE valve model RD-1400 is a double pilot-operated lock valve.
LOCK VALVE DOUBLE This valve will lock a cylinder in place when a directional control valve is
in the neutral position. In operation oil is directed to one of the valve ports
PILOT-OPERATED and oil can free flow to the corresponding cylinder port. The pressure on
this valve port will shift the pilot spool opening the opposite check valve.
This will allow oil to return through the opposite check valve. This valve has
a hardened steel seat and steel ball and therefore should not be used in
applications requiring absolutely zero leakage. When using a pilot operated
check to lower a heavy load the valve may chatter. An orifice in the line in
some cases may be beneficial.
5.88 CYLINDER
3.50 PORTS
1.81

TO
CYLINDER
3.11
2.00

660214001

TO RD-1400 .266 DIA (3) 1.56

CONTROL
VALVE 1.94 VALVE PORTS
3.88
STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS:

VALVES
MODEL NUMBER PORT SIZE
Capacity: 30 gpm max inlet flow
Pressure: 3000 psi max
RD-1450 1/2 NPTF
Weight: 7 lbs.
RD-1475 3/4 NPTF
Pilot Ratio: 4:1

MODEL RD-1600 The PRINCE valve model RD-1600 is a pilot operated check valve. This valve
PILOT OPERATED blocks oil from flowing from the cylinder port to the valve port until sufficient
CHECK VALVE pressure is applied to the pilot port. Oil can free flow from the valve port to
the cylinder port. The valve has a two stage poppet allowing smooth chatter
free operation.
5.81
240000016 240000018 670300012
PILOT PORT 240019016 240019018
670200004

CYLINDER
PORT
CYLINDER
2.50
1.31

PILOT .281 DIA. (2)

PRESSURE 1.50 2.91
671100014
IN RD-1600 670100006
VALVE PORT 180900147

STANDARD MODELS AVAILABLE

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS: MODEL NUMBER VALVE AND CYL. PORT PILOT PORT
Capacity: 20 gpm max inlet flow RD-1637 3/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF
Pressure: 3000 psi max
Weight: 2 lbs. RD-1650 1/2 NPTF 1/4 NPTF
Pilot Ratio: 4:1 RD-1608 #8 SAE (3/4-16) #4 SAE (7/16-20)
Decompression Ratio: 16:1
CATV 87-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V87
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
SEE PAGE 23 OF THE STANDARD PRODUCT PRICE LIST FOR PRICING
 MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION To convert into multiply by
Hydraulic Fluid – A good quality mineral based hydraulic fluid is recommended. Any fluid used meters inches 39.37
must be compatible with the BUNA -N Seals typically used in the standard valves.
Filtration – For general purpose valves, fluid cleanliness should meet the ISO 4406 centimeters inches .3937
19/17/14 level. For extended life or for pilot operated valves, the 18/16/13 fluid cleanliness millimeters inches .03937
is recommended.
Thread Sealant – Use of a quality non-Teflon thread sealant is recommended for tapered inches meters .0254
pipe threads. (use of Teflon tape is not recommended.) inches centimeters 2.54
inches millimeters 25.4
MISC. HYDRAULIC FORMULA AND DESIGN INFORMATION liters gallons .2642
cylinder area (sq. in.) = cylinder dia.2 (inches) x .7854
cylinder force (lbs.) = cylinder area (sq. in.) x psi gallons liters 3.785
cylinder speed (in/sec) = 3.85 x gpm / cylinder area
hydraulic horse power = psi x gpm / 1714
kg/cm2 psi 14.22
hp to drive a pump = psi x gpm / (1714 x pump efficiency) kg/cm2 bar .9807
hydraulic motor hp = torque (in.-lbs.) x rpm / 63025
hydraulic motor torque = horse power x 63025 / rpm kg/cm2 atm .9678
hydraulic motor speed (rpm) = 231 x gpm / cubic in. per rev.
1 horsepower is equivalent to:
psi kg/cm2 .0703
746 watts or .746 kilowatts psi bar .0690
2545 BTU/hour or 42.2 BTU/min.
550 ft.-lbs./sec. or 33000 ft.-lbs./min. psi atm .0680
psi in.-hg. 2.0360
PRESSURE DROP ACROSS AN ORIFICE
In the chart below gives the approximate pressure drop, in psi, across an orifice. This bar psi 14.50
chart can be used for hydraulic oil only. bar kg/cm2 1.020
bar atm .9869
GPM Orifice Size
.047 .062 .078 .093 .109 .125 .140 .156 .187 .218 .250
gallons cubic inches 231
1 432 143 57 28 15 – – – – – – cubic inches gallons .0043
2 1729 571 228 113 60 35 22 14 – – –
3 3890 1285 513 254 134 78 49 32 16 – – ft.-lbs. kg-m .1383
4 – 2284 912 451 239 138 88 57 28 15 –
5 – 3569 1425 705 374 216 137 89 43 23 13
kg-m ft.-lbs. 7.233
6 – – 2051 1015 538 311 198 128 62 34 19
8 – – 3647 1805 956 553 351 228 110 60 35
10 – – – 2820 1494 884 549 356 173 93 54
12 – – – – 2152 1244 791 513 248 134 78 MOTOR HORSEPOWER TO DRIVE A
15 – – – – 3362 1944 1235 801 388 210 121
20 – – – – – 3456 2196 1425 690 374 216 HYDRAULIC PUMP
25 – – – – – – 3432 2226 1078 584 337
30 – – – – – – – 3205 1552 841 486
Pump Efficiency 90%, Formula: HP=GPM x PSI/(1714 x Efficiency)

GPM PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER 100 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000
FORCE (lbs.) 0.5
1.0
0.03
0.06
0.06
0.13
0.08
0.16
0.10
0.19
0.13
0.26
0.16
0.32
0.24
0.49
0.32
0.65
0.41
0.81
0.49
0.97
0.65
1.30
0.81
1.62
0.97
1.94
1.30
2.59
force (lbs) = cylinder area (sq. in.) x pressure (psi) 1.5 0.10 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.39 0.49 0.73 0.97 1.22 1.46 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89
To determine force developed by a cylinder in 2.0 0.13 0.26 0.32 0.39 0.52 0.65 0.97 1.30 1.62 1.94 2.59 3.24 3.89 5.19
VALVES

2.5 0.16 0.32 0.41 0.49 0.65 0.81 1.22 1.62 1.03 2.43 3.24 4.05 4.86 6.48
extension use chart below. To determine force 3.0 0.19 0.39 0.49 0.58 0.78 0.97 1.46 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89 4.86 5.83 7.78
developed in retract subtract the force that 3.5 0.23 0.45 0.57 0.68 0.91 1.13 1.70 2.27 2.84 3.40 4.54 5.67 6.81 9.08
4.0 0.26 0.52 0.65 0.78 1.04 1.30 1.94 2.59 3.24 3.89 5.19 6.48 7.78 10.37
corresponds to cylinder piston rod diameter. 5.0 0.32 0.65 0.81 0.97 1.30 1.62 2.43 3.24 4.05 4.86 6.48 8.10 9.72 12.97
6.0 0.39 0.78 0.97 1.17 1.56 1.94 2.92 3.89 4.86 5.83 7.78 9.72 11.67 15.56
CYL. CYL. 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 7.0 0.45 0.91 1.13 1.36 1.82 2.27 3.40 4.54 5.67 6.81 9.08 11.34 13.61 18.15
DIA AREA PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI 8.0 0.52 1.04 1.30 1.56 2.07 2.59 3.89 5.19 6.48 7.78 10.37 12.97 15.56 20.74
.50 .20 98 196 295 393 491 589 9.0 0.58 1.17 1.46 1.75 2.33 2.92 4.38 5.83 7.29 8.75 11.67 14.59 17.50 23.34
.75 .44 221 442 663 884 1104 1325 10.0 0.65 1.30 1.63 1.96 2.59 3.24 4.86 6.48 8.10 9.72 12.97 16.21 19.45 25.93
.88 .60 301 601 902 1203 1503 1804 11.0 0.71 1.43 1.78 2.14 2.85 3.57 5.35 7.13 8.91 10.70 14.26 17.83 21.39 28.52
1.00 .79 393 785 1178 1571 1964 2356 12.0 0.78 1.56 1.94 2.33 3.11 3.89 5.83 7.78 9.72 11.67 15.56 19.45 23.34 31.12
13.0 0.84 1.69 2.11 2.53 3.37 4.21 6.32 8.43 10.53 12.64 16.85 21.07 25.28 33.71
1.13 .99 497 994 1491 1988 2485 2982
14.0 0.91 1.82 2.27 2.72 3.63 4.54 6.81 9.08 11.34 13.61 18.15 22.69 27.23 36.30
1.25 1.23 614 1227 1841 2454 3068 3682 15.0 0.97 1.94 2.43 2.92 3.89 4.86 7.29 9.72 12.15 14.59 19.45 24.31 29.17 38.90
1.38 1.48 742 1485 2227 2970 3712 4455 16.0 1.04 2.07 2.59 3.11 4.15 5.19 7.78 10.37 12.97 15.56 20.74 25.93 31.12 41.49
1.50 1.77 884 1767 2651 3534 4418 5301 17.0 1.10 2.20 2.76 3.31 4.41 5.51 8.27 11.02 13.78 16.53 22.04 27.55 33.06 44.08
1.75 2.41 1203 2405 3608 4811 6013 7216 18.0 1.17 2.33 2.92 3.50 4.67 5.83 8.75 11.67 14.59 17.50 23.34 29.17 35.01 46.67
2.00 3.14 1571 3142 4712 6283 7854 9425 19.0 1.23 2.46 3.08 3.70 4.93 6.16 9.24 12.32 15.40 18.48 24.63 30.79 36.95 49.27
20.0 1.30 2.59 3.24 3.89 5.19 6.48 9.72 12.97 16.21 19.45 25.93 32.41 38.90 51.86
2.50 4.91 2454 4909 7363 9817 12272 14726
25.0 1.62 3.24 4.05 4.86 6.48 8.10 12.15 16.21 20.26 24.31 32.41 40.52 48.62 64.83
3.00 7.07 3534 7069 10603 14137 17672 21206 30.0 1.94 3.89 4.86 5.83 7.78 9.72 14.59 19.45 24.31 29.17 38.90 48.62 58.34 77.79
3.50 9.62 4811 9621 14432 19242 24053 28863 35.0 2.27 4.54 5.67 6.81 9.08 11.34 17.02 22.69 28.36 34.03 45.38 56.72 68.07 90.76
4.00 12.57 6283 12566 18850 25133 31416 37699 40.0 2.59 5.19 6.48 7.78 10.37 12.97 19.45 25.93 32.41 38.90 51.86 64.83 77.79 103.72
4.50 15.90 7952 15904 23857 31809 39761 47713 45.0 2.92 5.83 7.29 8.75 11.67 14.59 21.88 29.17 36.46 43.76 58.34 73.93 87.51 116.69
5.00 19.64 9817 19635 29453 39270 49087 58905 50.0 3.24 6.48 8.10 9.72 12.97 16.21 24.31 32.41 40.52 48.62 64.83 81.03 97.24 129.65
6.00 28.27 14137 28274 42412 56549 70686 84823 55.0 3.57 7.13 8.91 10.70 14.26 17.83 26.74 35.65 44.57 53.48 71.31 89.14 106.96 142.62
60.0 3.89 7.78 9.72 11.67 15.56 19.45 29.17 38.90 48.62 58.34 77.79 97.24 116.69 155.58
8.00 50.27 25133 50266 75398 100531 125664 150797
65.0 4.21 8.43 10.53 12.64 16.85 21.07 31.60 42.14 52.67 63.20 84.27 105.34 126.41 168.55

HYDRAULIC CYLINDER SPEED (inches/second)

cylinder speed (inches/second) = 3.85 x GPM/cylinder area (sq. in.)
The chart below gives cylinder speed in inches per second for extend and retract (for a given rod diameter). To determine the number of seconds it will take to
extend or retract the cylinder divide the stroke length (inches) by the cylinder speed. EX: for a 4 x 16 cylinder with 10 gpm speed is 3.06 inches/sec.
The time to extend 16 inches will be 5.23 seconds.
1 DIA 1 1/2 DIA 2 DIA 2 1/2 DIA 3 DIA 3 1/2 DIA 4 DIA 5 DIA 6 DIA 8 DIA
GPM EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET EXT RET
1/2 3/4 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/2 3
ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD ROD
1 4.90 6.54 2.18 2.90 1.23 1.79 .78 1.05 .54 .68 .40 .47 .31 .38 .20 .23 .14 .16 .08 .09
2 9.80 13.07 4.36 5.81 2.45 3.59 1.57 2.09 1.09 1.38 .80 .95 .61 .76 .39 .47 .27 .33 .15 .18
4 19.61 26.14 8.71 11.62 4.90 7.17 3.14 4.18 2.18 2.76 1.80 1.89 1.23 1.52 .78 .93 .54 .66 .31 .38
6 29.41 39.22 13.07 17.43 7.35 10.75 4.71 6.27 3.27 4.14 2.40 2.84 1.84 2.27 1.18 1.40 .82 .99 .46 .53
8 39.22 52.29 17.43 23.24 9.80 14.34 6.27 8.37 4.36 5.52 3.20 3.79 2.45 3.03 1.57 1.87 1.09 1.32 .61 .71
10 49.02 65.36 21.79 29.05 12.25 17.93 7.84 10.46 5.45 6.90 4.00 4.72 3.06 3.79 1.96 2.33 1.36 1.65 .77 .89
12 58.82 78.43 26.14 34.86 14.71 12.51 9.41 12.55 6.54 8.27 4.82 5.68 3.68 4.55 2.35 2.80 1.63 1.98 .92 1.07
15 – – 32.68 43.57 18.38 26.89 11.76 15.69 8.17 10.34 6.00 7.10 4.60 5.68 2.94 3.50 2.04 2.47 1.15 1.34
20 – – 43.57 58.10 24.51 35.85 15.69 20.92 10.89 13.79 8.00 9.46 6.13 7.58 3.92 4.67 2.72 3.30 1.53 1.78
25 – – – – 30.64 44.82 19.61 26.14 13.62 17.24 10.00 11.83 7.66 9.47 4.90 5.84 3.40 4.14 1.91 2.23
30 – – – – – – 23.53 31.37 16.24 20.66 12.00 14.20 9.19 11.37 5.88 7.00 4.08 4.94 2.30 2.87
35 – – – – – – 27.45 36.60 19.06 24.13 14.01 16.56 10.72 13.26 6.86 8.17 4.77 5.77 2.68 3.12

CATV 88-10-18-01
V88 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 Valve Quick Reference Guide
Parker/Gresen to Prince Manufacturing
Parker/Gresen Prince Manufacturing
Models: V20, V10, SP, SPK, 300, 400 & Accessory Models: Series 20, SV, RD5000, RD2500 & Accessory
PARKER/GRESEN V20 PRINCE SERIES 20 STACKABLE VALVE
Parallel Work Sections Parallel Work Sections 20 GPM 3500 PSI
20-10-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P1BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports
20-50-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P4BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, 1/2” NPTF Ports
20-10-4 With K-20-VH-B Handle and Two 20P1BA1EE 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports
RC-2550 Work Port Reliefs With 2500 PSI Work Port Reliefs
Float Work Sections
20-50-K4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P4DD1AA 4 Way 4 Position With Float, 1/2”
NPTF Ports
Motor Spool Work Sections
20-10-DF4 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20P1CB1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports
Tandem Work Sections Tandem Work Sections
20T-10-04 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20T1BA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports
Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks
20-10-L04 With K-20-VH-B Handle 20L1CA1 4 Way 3 Position, #10 SAE Ports
Inlet Sections (Left Cover) Inlet Sections (Left Cover)
20-LC-12 With WH-2550 Relief 20I2E #12 SAE Ports, Non Adjusted Relief
20-LC-75 With WH-2550 Relief and K-WH-A 20I3J 3/4” NPTF Ports, Adjusted Relief
Adjusted Kit
Outlet Sections (Right Cover) Outlet Sections (Right Cover)
20-RC-12-E 20E21 #12 SAE Ports

VALVES
20-RC-75-E-MY With K-20-50-Y Power Beyond Kit 20E32 3/4” NPTF Ports, Power Beyond
See Series 20 Valve In Catalog, or on www.princehyd.com
PARKER/GRESEN V10 PRINCE SV STACKABLE VALVE
Parallel Work Sections Parallel Work Sections 12 GPM 3000 PSI
V10 Is Not Available With Economical Handle SVW1BA1 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
Standard Handle
10-8N-04 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1BA11 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
Enclosed Handle
10-8-04 With K-10-VH Handle and Two SVH1BA11GG 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
RP10A-3000 Adjustable Work Port Reliefs Enclosed Handle, Work Port Reliefs
Float Work Sections
10-8N-K4 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1DD11 4 Way 4 Position, With Float
#8 SAE Ports, Enclosed Handle
Motor Spool Sections
10-8N-F4 With K-10-VH Handle SVW1CA11 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
Enclosed Handle
Solenoid Sections (On-Off Operation)
10-08-03-SOL-I-12 and Two Solenoid SVW1BA-T12Q 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
Cartridges and Coils 12 Volt Solenoid Coils
Series Work Sections Series Work Sections
V10 Does Not Have a Standard Series Work Section SVS1GA1AA 4 Way 3 Position, #8 SAE Ports,
Series Circuit, Work Port Relief Plugs
Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks Parallel Lock Sections With Pilot Operated Checks
V10 Does Not Have a Standard Lock Section SLV1CA1 Double P.O. Checks, #8 SAE Ports, 4
With Pilot Operated Checks Way 3 Position Motor, Spring Center
Inlet Sections (Left Cover) Inlet Sections (Left Cover)
10-LC10 With RCMA-3000 Relief SV125 #10 SAE Ports, Adjusted Relief
Outlet Sections (Right Cover) Outlet Sections (Right Cover)
10-RC-10-EY SVE21 #10 SAE Ports, Convertible to
Power Beyond or Closed Center
See SV Valve In Catalog, or on www.princehyd.com
CATV 89-10-18-01
PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
V89
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (712) 233-2181 • FAX (605) 235-1082 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181
 PARKER/GRESEN PRINCE VALVE 1,2,3 SPOOL MONO-BLOCK
SP Series RD5000 Series 30 GPM – 3000 PSI
SP-4-HP, SPX-4-HP RD512CA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
4 Way 4 Position with Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out,
SPK-4-HP RD512GC5A4B1
1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
SP-4-4-HP, SPX-4-4-HP RD522CCAA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
4 Way 4 Position with 1st Spool Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out,
SPK-4-4-HP RD522GCGA5A4B1
1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
SP-4-4-4-HP, SPX-4-4-4-HP RD532CCCAAA5A4B1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
4 Way 4 Position with 1st Spool Float Detent, 3/4” In & Out,
SPK-4-4-4-HP RD532GCCGAA5A4B1
1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
300/400 Series RD2500 Series
300 RD2575-T3-ESA1 3 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
400 RD2575-T4-ESA1 4 Way 3 Position, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports, Spring Center
410 RD2575-T4-EDA1 4 Way 3 Position Detent, 3/4” In & Out, 1/2” Work Ports
4 Way 3 Position Detent, Motor Spool, 3/4” In & Out,
410-40 RD2575-M4-EDA1
1/2” Work Ports
Accessory Valves
CFD-10-5-NR RD-412-5 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, #12 Ports
CFD-10-6-HP RD-412-R-6 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, #12 Ports
CFD-50-3-HP RD-400-R-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-50-4 RD-400-R-4 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-50-8 RD-450-R-8 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports
CFD-50-10-HP RD-400-R-10 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-75-2-HP RD-405-R-2 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-75-3-HP RD-405-R-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-75-3-NR RD-405-3 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-75-5-NR RD-405-5 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-75-10-NR RD-405-10 Constant Volume Priority Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
CFD-A-50 RD-550 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 1/2” Ports
CFD-A-75 RD-575 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports
VALVES

CFQ-A-50 RD-150-16, RD-1950-16 Lever Adjust Priority Flow Control, 1/2” Ports
CFQ-A-75R RDRS-175-30, RDRS-1975-30 Lever Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports, Adjustable Relief
DC25A-75-0-NR RD-575-P-30 Screw Adjust Priority Flow Control, 3/4” Ports
DS-12 DS-4A1D Double Selector, 3/4” Ports
DS-75 DS-5A1D Double Selector, #12 Ports
DWV-12-25 DRV-1NHNH-2500 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), #12 Ports
DWV-50-A-12 DRV-4LL-12-12 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 1/2” Ports
DWV-50-20 DRV-4NHNH-2000 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 1/2” Ports
DWV-75-A DRV-2HH Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 3/4” Ports
DWV-75-20 DRV-2NHNH-2000 Double Cross-Over Relief (Cushion), 3/4” Ports
HM-50 SS-2B1B Two Position Float Valve, 1/2” Ports
JT-50-HP, JL-50-HP RD-1850H Adjustable Relief (Ball Spring), 1/2” Ports
LD1-50-1S RD-1650 Single Lock Valve, 1/2” Ports
LO-50-D RD-1450 Double Lock Valve, 1/2” Ports
PD-12-50 RD-212-30 Proportional Flow Divider, #12 Ports
PD-50-50-50 RD-250-16 Proportional Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports
PD-50-60-40 RD-250-16(60/40) Proportional Flow Divider, 1/2” Ports
PD-75-50-50 RD-275-30 Proportional Flow Divider, 3/4” Ports
S-50 RD-950 Selector Valve, 1/2” Ports
S-75 RD-975 Selector Valve, 3/4” Ports
SM-50, S-50 SS-2A1D, RD-950 Single Selector 1/2” Work Ports
SM-8 SS-3A1D Single Selector #8 Work Ports
WJL-10-A RV-3H Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), #10 Ports
WJL-50-13 RV-4L Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), 1/2” Ports
WJL-50-20 RV-4H Adjustable Relief (Differential Poppet ), 1/2” Ports

Prince Manufacturing Corporation

612 N. Derby Lane
North Sioux City, SD 57049
Phone: 605-235-1220 • FAX: 605-235-1082
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-mail: [email protected]
CATV 90-10-18-01
V90 PRINCE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION • NORTH SIOUX CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA 57049
URL: www.princehyd.com • E-MAIL: [email protected]
O.E.M. CUSTOMER SERVICE: (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181 DISTRIBUTOR CUSTOMER SERVICE: PHONE (605) 235-1220 • FAX (712) 233-2181